mirror of
https://gitlab.com/freepascal.org/lazarus/lazarus.git
synced 2025-04-06 08:58:02 +02:00
8176 lines
266 KiB
XML
8176 lines
266 KiB
XML
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
|
<!--
|
|
|
|
Documentation for LCL (Lazarus Component Library) and LazUtils (Lazarus
|
|
Utilities) are published under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0
|
|
International public license.
|
|
|
|
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode.txt
|
|
https://gitlab.com/freepascal.org/lazarus/lazarus/-/blob/main/docs/cc-by-sa-4-0.txt
|
|
|
|
Copyright (c) 1997-2025, by the Lazarus Development Team.
|
|
|
|
-->
|
|
<fpdoc-descriptions>
|
|
<package name="lcl">
|
|
<!-- DBGrids -->
|
|
<module name="DBGrids">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Implements a data-aware grid to display and operate on information in a
|
|
database.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<file>dbgrids.pas</file> contains classes and types needed to implement a
|
|
database-aware grid control. The following components are added to the
|
|
<b>Data Controls</b> tab in the Lazarus IDE Component Palette:
|
|
</p>
|
|
<ul>
|
|
<li>TDBGrid</li>
|
|
</ul>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The unit also includes the <var>TComponentDatalink</var> component, which is
|
|
used as the data link for TCustomDBGrid. It was taken from an article by
|
|
Joanna Carter: <b><i>"The Ultimate Datalink?"</i></b>, published in Delphi
|
|
Magazine Issue #30 February 1998.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
|
|
<!-- used units -->
|
|
<element name="Classes"/>
|
|
<element name="SysUtils"/>
|
|
<element name="Math"/>
|
|
<element name="FileUtil"/>
|
|
<element name="DB"/>
|
|
<element name="LazUTF8"/>
|
|
<element name="LazLoggerBase"/>
|
|
<element name="LCLStrConsts"/>
|
|
<element name="LCLIntf"/>
|
|
<element name="LCLType"/>
|
|
<element name="LMessages"/>
|
|
<element name="LResources"/>
|
|
<element name="Controls"/>
|
|
<element name="StdCtrls"/>
|
|
<element name="Graphics"/>
|
|
<element name="Grids"/>
|
|
<element name="Dialogs"/>
|
|
<element name="Themes"/>
|
|
<element name="Variants"/>
|
|
<element name="Clipbrd"/>
|
|
<element name="ImgList"/>
|
|
<element name="Laz2_XMLCfg"/>
|
|
|
|
<element name="DEFINDICATORCOLWIDTH">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Default width for the row indicator column in a grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Used to set the width for the row indicator column (when enabled in the grid
|
|
options). The value may be scaled for the display density (PPI) used for the
|
|
Font in the grid control. Used when a TCustomDBGrid control updates it layout
|
|
and appearance after a change to its Options property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.Options"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="EInvalidGridOperation">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Exception raised for an invalid grid operation.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>EInvalidGridOperation</var> is an Exception class raised when an invalid
|
|
grid operations is performed.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Enumerated type containing options available for use in a database grid
|
|
control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TDBGridOption</var> is an enumerated type containing options available
|
|
for a database grid control. Each enumeration value indicates if the
|
|
associated feature or behavior is enabled in a database grid control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Values from the enumeration are stored in the <var>TDBGridOptions</var> set
|
|
type, and are used in the <var>TDBGrid.Options</var> property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.dbgrids.TDBGridOptions">TDBGridOptions</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.dbgrids.TDBGrid.Options">TDBGrid.Options</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgEditing">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates cells in the grid can be edited.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgTitles">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates titles are displayed in fixed row headers for columns on the grid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgIndicator">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Enables drawing a row indicator in the fixed header for the currently selected
|
|
row on the grid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgColumnResize">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates columns in the grid can be resized.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgColumnMove">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates the order of columns in the grid can be changed.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgColLines">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates vertical lines are drawn between columns in the grid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgRowLines">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates horizontal lines are drawn between rows in the grid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgTabs">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates the Tab key can be used to navigate between cells in the grid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgAlwaysShowEditor">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates an edit control is always displayed for the current cell in the
|
|
grid. When omitted, editing must be initiated by mouse click, or by pressing
|
|
the <b>Enter</b> or <b>F2</b> keys.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgRowSelect">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates the entire row is highlighted when column(s) are selected.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgAlwaysShowSelection">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates the current selection is displayed even when the control loses
|
|
focus.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgConfirmDelete">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates a confirmation dialog is displayed when deleting a record in the
|
|
grid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgCancelOnExit">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates an active editing operation is cancelled when the control loses
|
|
focus.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgMultiselect">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Allows more than one cell in a row, or more than one row to be selected on
|
|
the grid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgHeaderHotTracking">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates column headers are highlighted when the column has mouse focus
|
|
(hovered).
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgHeaderPushedLook">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates a column header can be drawn with a "button down" or pushed
|
|
appearance when clicked.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgPersistentMultiSelect">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates multiple selections are retained (when enabled) when the control
|
|
loses focus. When omitted, multi-selections are discarded when the exiting the
|
|
control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgAutoSizeColumns">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates columns are automatically resized to fit their content.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgAnyButtonCanSelect">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates that any mouse button can change the selection in the grid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgDisableDelete">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates that deleting records with <b>Ctrl+Delete</b> is disabled.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgDisableInsert">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates whether inserting (and appending) records is disabled.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgCellHints">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates if displaying a hint for an individual cell is enabled.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgTruncCellHints">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates if cell hints are truncated when they are too long.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgCellEllipsis">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates if an Ellipsis character is added to the end of cells longer than
|
|
the display area for the cell.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgRowHighlight">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates if the current row in the grid is highlighted instead of the
|
|
current cell.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgThumbTracking">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates if the current selection is changed when the mouse thumb wheel is
|
|
scrolled.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgDblClickAutoSize">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates if double clicking on borders or headers for a column causes it to
|
|
be automatically resized to its contents.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridOption.dgDisplayMemoText">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Causes the content in a memo field to be displayed instead of the '(Memo)'
|
|
string literal. Applies to fields using the ftMemo data type.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDbGridOptions">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Stores values from the <var>TDbGridOption</var> enumeration.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<var>TDbGridOptions</var> is a set type used to store values from the
|
|
<var>TDbGridOption</var> enumeration. <var>TDbGridOptions</var> is the type
|
|
used for the <var>Options</var> property in <var>TDBGrid</var>.
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridOption">TDBGridOption</link>
|
|
<link id="TDBGrid.Options">TDBGrid.Options</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDbGridExtraOption">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Enumerated type that specifies extra options available in a database grid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TDbGridExtraOption</var> is an enumerated type that specifies extra
|
|
options available in a database grid. Values from TDbGridExtraOption are
|
|
stored in the <var>TDbGridExtraOptions</var> set type, and used in the
|
|
<var>OptionsExtra</var> property in <var>TDBGrid</var>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.dbgrids.TDBGrid.OptionsExtra">TDBGrid.OptionsExtra</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDbGridExtraOption.dgeAutoColumns">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates if Fields in the dataset are automatically added as columns in the
|
|
database grid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDbGridExtraOption.dgeCheckboxColumn">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates that check box controls are used to edit Boolean Fields in the grid
|
|
dataset.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDbGridExtraOptions">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>TDbGridExtraOptions</var> is a set of values from the
|
|
<var>TDbGridExtraOption</var> enumeration.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TDbGridExtraOptions</var> is a set type used to store zero (<b>0</b>) or
|
|
more values from the <var>TDbGridExtraOption</var> enumeration.
|
|
TDbGridExtraOptions is the type used to implement the <var>OptionsExtra</var>
|
|
property in <var>TCustomDBGrid</var> and descendent classes.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDbGrid.OptionsExtra"/>
|
|
<link id="TDbGrid.OptionsExtra"/>
|
|
<link id="TDbGridExtraOption"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDbGridStatusItem">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Enumerated type with values for status messages used in a database grid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TDbGridStatusItem</var> is an enumerated type with values for status
|
|
messages used in a database grid. Values from TDbGridStatusItem are stored in
|
|
<var>TDbGridStatus</var>, and used in the <var>GridStatus</var> property in
|
|
<var>TCustomDBGrid</var>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TDbGridStatus"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.GridStatus"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDbGridStatusItem.gsUpdatingData">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates the grid is updating after a change to its data.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDbGridStatusItem.gsAddingAutoColumns">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates automatic columns are being added for the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDbGridStatusItem.gsRemovingAutoColumns">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates automatic columns are being removed from the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDbGridStatusItem.gsAutoSized">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates automatically sized columns are currently in use in the grid
|
|
control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDbGridStatusItem.gsStartEditing">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates the data link for a grid control is updating the value in its
|
|
Editing property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDbGridStatusItem.gsLoadingGrid">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates the grid control is loading its settings from a file or stream.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDbGridStatus">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Set type used to store <var>TDbGridStatusItem</var> enumeration values.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TDbGridStatus</var> is a set type used to store
|
|
<var>TDbGridStatusItem</var> enumeration values. Values added to
|
|
TDbGridStatus indicate that a feature or behavior has been enabled in a
|
|
TDBGrid control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
TDbGridStatus is used to implement the <var>GridStatus</var> property in
|
|
<var>TCustomDBGrid</var> and descendent classes.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TDbGridStatusItem"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.GridStatus"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDatasetScrolledEvent">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Specifies an event handler signalled after scrolling a dataset.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TDatasetScrolledEvent</var> specifies an event handler signalled after
|
|
scrolling a dataset. TDatasetScrolledEvent can be used to perform actions
|
|
required when the position in the DataSet has changed.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
DataSet is the TDataset instance for the event notification.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Distance indicates both the number of rows and the direction for the event
|
|
notification, for example:
|
|
</p>
|
|
<dl>
|
|
<dt><b>Value</b></dt>
|
|
<dd><b>Meaning</b></dd>
|
|
<dt><var><0</var></dt>
|
|
<dd>Scroll toward the beginning of the DataSet</dd>
|
|
<dt><var>0</var></dt>
|
|
<dd>Current row in the DataSet has been refreshed</dd>
|
|
<dt><var>>0</var></dt>
|
|
<dd>Scroll toward the end of the DataSet </dd>
|
|
</dl>
|
|
<p>
|
|
TDatasetScrolledEvent is the type used for the OnDataSetScrolled property in
|
|
TComponentDataLink.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
See the TCustomDBGrid.OnDataSetScrolled procedure for an example
|
|
implementation of TDatasetScrolledEvent.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDatasetScrolledEvent.Dataset">
|
|
<short>Dataset for the event.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDatasetScrolledEvent.Distance">
|
|
<short>Number of rows and direction for the event.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TFocusControlEvent">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Event handler signalled to coordinate Field selection and control focus.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TFocusControlEvent</var> specifies an event handler signalled to
|
|
coordinate Field selection and control focus.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TComponentDataLink.OnFocusControl"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TFocusControlEvent.aField">
|
|
<short>Field reference for the focus event.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGridClickEvent">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Specifies an event handler signalled when a grid column in is clicked.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TDBGridClickEvent</var> specifies an event handler signalled when a
|
|
column in the database grid is clicked
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridClickEvent.Column">
|
|
<short>Column for the event.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TMovedEvent">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Specifies an event handler signalled when the display order of rows or
|
|
columns is changed.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TMovedEvent</var> specifies an event handler signalled when the display
|
|
order of rows or columns is changed. TMovedEvent is the type used for the
|
|
OnColumnMoved and OnRowMoved properties in TDBGrid.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.OnColumnMoved"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.OnRowMoved"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TMovedEvent.Sender">
|
|
<short>Grid control for the event.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TMovedEvent.FromIndex">
|
|
<short>Previous ordinal position for the event.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TMovedEvent.ToIndex">
|
|
<short>New ordinal position for the event.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDrawColumnCellEvent">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Specifies an event handler for drawing a cell in a grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TDrawColumnCellEvent</var> specifies an event handler used to draw a
|
|
cell in a column for a grid control. TDrawColumnCellEvent is the type used
|
|
for the OnDrawColumnCell property in TDBGrid, and signalled from its DrawCell
|
|
method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id ="#lcl.DBGrids.TCustomDBGrid.OnDrawColumnCell"/>
|
|
<link id ="#lcl.DBGrids.TCustomDBGrid.DrawCell"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDrawColumnCellEvent.Sender">
|
|
<short>Grid control for the event.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDrawColumnCellEvent.Rect">
|
|
<short>Canvas rectangle where the cell is drawn.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDrawColumnCellEvent.DataCol">
|
|
<short>Position of the Field used to get data for the event.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDrawColumnCellEvent.Column">
|
|
<short>Column definition for the event`</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDrawColumnCellEvent.State">
|
|
<short>Drawing state for the event.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TGetDbEditMaskEvent">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Specifies an event handler used to get the Edit Mask for a cell in a grid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TGetDbEditMaskEvent</var> specifies an event handler used to get the
|
|
Edit Mask for a cell in a database grid control. TGetDbEditMaskEvent can be
|
|
used to provide an edit mask for the specified Field. TGetDbEditMaskEvent is
|
|
the type used for the OnFieldEditMask property in TDBGrid.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.OnFieldEditMask">TCustomDBGrid.OnFieldEditMask</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TGetDbEditMaskEvent.Sender">
|
|
<short>Grid control for the event.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TGetDbEditMaskEvent.Field">
|
|
<short>Field for the event.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TGetDbEditMaskEvent.Value">
|
|
<short>Default value for the edit mask.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDbGridSelEditorEvent">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Specifies an event handler used to select a cell editor in a database grid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TDbGridSelEditorEvent</var> specifies an event handler used to
|
|
select an editor for a cell in a database grid.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.dbgrids.TDBGrid.OnSelectEditor">TDBGrid.OnSelectEditor</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.dbgrids.TCustomDBGrid.SelectEditor">TCustomDBGrid.SelectEditor</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDbGridSelEditorEvent.Sender">
|
|
<short>Control signalling the event.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDbGridSelEditorEvent.Column">
|
|
<short>Column for the control.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDbGridSelEditorEvent.Editor">
|
|
<short>Editor for the specified column.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TPrepareDbGridCanvasEvent">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Specifies an event handler which prepares the canvas for drawing a database
|
|
grid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TPrepareDbGridCanvasEvent</var> specifies an event handler used to
|
|
prepare the canvas which draws the content in a database grid.
|
|
TPrepareDbGridCanvasEvent allows an application to override or enhance the
|
|
drawing behavior of cells in a database grid.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TPrepareDbGridCanvasEvent</var> is used to implement the
|
|
<var>OnPrepareCanvas</var> event handler in <var>TDBGrid</var>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.dbgrids.TDBGrid.OnPrepareCanvas">TDBGrid.OnPrepareCanvas</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TPrepareDbGridCanvasEvent.Sender">
|
|
<short>Control for the event notification.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TPrepareDbGridCanvasEvent.DataCol">
|
|
<short>Ordinal position for the column.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TPrepareDbGridCanvasEvent.Column">
|
|
<short>TColumn definition for the specified column number.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TPrepareDbGridCanvasEvent.AState">
|
|
<short>Drawing state for the selection.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDbGridCheckBoxBitmapEvent">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Specifies an event handler signalled to get the user-specified Bitmap for a
|
|
check box column in a grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TDbGridCheckBoxBitmapEvent</var> is the type used implement the
|
|
TCustomDBGrid.OnCheckboxBitmap property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.OnUserCheckboxBitmap"/>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.GetImageForCheckBox">TCustomGrid.GetImageForCheckBox</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDbGridCheckBoxBitmapEvent.Sender">
|
|
<short>Object for the event notification.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDbGridCheckBoxBitmapEvent.CheckedState">
|
|
<short>Checked state for the bitmap returned from the event handler.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDbGridCheckBoxBitmapEvent.ABitmap">
|
|
<short>Bitmap instance for the specified checked state.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDbGridCheckboxStateEvent">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Specifies an event handler signalled to get the user-specified state for a
|
|
check box column on the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TDbGridCheckboxStateEvent</var> is the type used to implement the
|
|
OnUserCheckboxState property in TCustomDBGrid.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.OnUserCheckboxState"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDbGridCheckboxStateEvent.Sender">
|
|
<short>Object (grid control) for the event notification.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDbGridCheckboxStateEvent.Column">
|
|
<short>
|
|
TColumn definition for the data represented in the check box image.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDbGridCheckboxStateEvent.AState">
|
|
<short>Checked state for the check box.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDbGridCellHintEvent">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Specifies an event handler signalled to get the hint text for a cell in a
|
|
grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TDbGridCellHintEvent</var> is the type used to implement the
|
|
OnGetCellHint property in TCustomDBGrid.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.OnGetCellHint"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDbGridCellHintEvent.Sender">
|
|
<short>Object (grid control) for the event notification.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDbGridCellHintEvent.Column">
|
|
<short>TColumn definition for the cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDbGridCellHintEvent.AText">
|
|
<short>Returns the cell hint text derived in the handler.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkedRecordEnumeratorOptions">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Enumeration with option values for the bookmarked record enumerator.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TBookmarkedRecordEnumeratorOptions</var> is a set type with option
|
|
values that control the actions performed in
|
|
<var>TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator</var>. TBookmarkedRecordEnumeratorOptions is
|
|
the type used to implement the <var>TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator.Options</var>
|
|
property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator">TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkedRecordEnumeratorOptions.breDisableDataset">
|
|
<short>Disables controls attached to the dataset.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkedRecordEnumeratorOptions.breStopOnInvalidBookmark">
|
|
<short>Stops enumerating when an invalid bookmark is encountered.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkedRecordEnumeratorOptions.breRestoreCurrent">
|
|
<short>Restores the current bookmark when exiting the enumerator.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator">
|
|
<short>Defines a bookmarked record enumeration class.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator</var> is a Class which defines a bookmarked
|
|
record enumerator for use in <var>TBookmarklist</var>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.dbgrids.TBookmarkList">TBookmarkList</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator.fBookmarkList"/>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator.fBookmarkIndex"/>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator.fCurrent"/>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator.fBook"/>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator.fDataset"/>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator.fOptions"/>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator.Create">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Constructor for the class instance.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Create</var> is the constructor for the class instance. Create calls the
|
|
inherited constructor, and stores the arguments to the method in its
|
|
BookmarkList, Dataset, and Options properties.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator.Create.bookList">
|
|
<short>Bookmark list for the enumerator.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator.Create.aGrid">
|
|
<short>Grid control for the enumerator.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator.Create.anOptions">
|
|
<short>Options for the enumerator.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator.Destroy">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Destructor for the class instance.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Destroy</var> is the destructor for the class instance. Destroy uses
|
|
values in the Options property to perform actions needed before the class
|
|
instance is freed, including:
|
|
</p>
|
|
<ul>
|
|
<li>Restore the dataset to the position in Bookmark</li>
|
|
<li>Re-enable controls attached to the dataset if disabled</li>
|
|
</ul>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Destroy calls the inherited destructor before exit.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator.MoveNext">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Moves to the next bookmark in the list.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>MoveNext</var> is a Boolean function used to move the enumerator to the
|
|
next item in the bookmark list. Move next increments the value in
|
|
BookmarkIndex, and examines the Options property to see if any actions are
|
|
required, such as: setting the value of the Current Bookmark before
|
|
navigation, or disabling controls attached to the dataset.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
MoveNext updates the current bookmark and checks the dataset to see if the
|
|
bookmark is still valid. The return value is <b>False</b> if the record for
|
|
the bookmark no longer exists in the dataset and Options indicates the
|
|
enumerator should halt for an invalid bookmark. <b>False</b> is also returned
|
|
when the value in BookmarkIndex exceeds the number of items in the
|
|
BookmarkList.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The return value is <b>True</b> when the action has been performed
|
|
successfully.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator.MoveNext.Result">
|
|
<short><b>True</b> when the action has been performed successfully.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator.GetEnumerator">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Returns the current class instance (Self).
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetEnumerator</var> is a TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator function used to
|
|
the current class instance (Self).
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator.GetEnumerator.Result">
|
|
<short>The current class instance.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator.Current">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Current bookmark for the enumerator.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Current</var> is a read-only <var>TBookmark</var> property which returns
|
|
the current bookmark for the enumerator. The value in Current in updated when
|
|
the MoveNext method is called.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator.MoveNext"/>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TBookmark">TBookmark</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator.Options">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Controls the actions performed when Bookmarks are visited.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Options</var> is a TBookmarkedRecordEnumeratorOptions property which
|
|
controls the actions performed when Bookmarks in the enumerator are visited.
|
|
Values are included in the set type to enable the corresponding feature in
|
|
the enumerator.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
See TBookmarkedRecordEnumeratorOptions for more information about option
|
|
values and their meanings.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The initial values in the set are passed as parameters to the Create method.
|
|
Values stored in Options are examined in methods including Destroy and
|
|
MoveNext.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Implements a list of Bookmarks in a database grid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TBookmarkList</var> is a class used to implement a list of Bookmarks in
|
|
a database grid. TBookmarkList is the type used for the
|
|
<var>SelectedRows</var> property in <var>TCustomDBGrid</var> and descendent
|
|
classes.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.SelectedRows"/>
|
|
<link id="TDBGrid.SelectedRows"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.FList"/>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.FGrid"/>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.fDataset"/>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.fCanDoBinarySearch"/>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.GetCount">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the value for the Count property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<var>GetCount</var> is an Integer function used to get the value for the
|
|
Count property. Use the Items property to access TBookmark instances stored
|
|
in the list.
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.GetCount.Result">
|
|
<short>Number of bookmarks in the list.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.GetCurrentRowSelected">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the value in the for the CurrentRowSelected property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetCurrentRowSelected</var> is a <var>Boolean</var> function used to get
|
|
the value for the <var>CurrentRowSelected</var> property.
|
|
GetCurrentRowSelected calls the CheckActive method to ensure that the Dataset
|
|
for the list is properly configured. See CheckActive for more information.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The return value is <b>True</b> when a TBookmark instance for the current row
|
|
already exists in the list.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TBookmarkList.CurrentRowSelected"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.GetCurrentRowSelected.Result">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<b>True</b> when a bookmark for the current row already exists in the list.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.GetItem">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the value for the bookmark stored at the specified position in the list.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetItem</var> is a TBookmark function that implements the read access
|
|
specifier for the Items property. GetItems returns the bookmark stored at the
|
|
specified ordinal position in the list. AIndex is the ordinal position to
|
|
retrieve in the range <var>0 .. Count - 1</var>. Use the Items property to
|
|
access the bookmarks stored in the list.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.GetItem.Result">
|
|
<short>The bookmark at the specified position.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.GetItem.AIndex">
|
|
<short>Ordinal position in the list for the bookmark.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.SetCurrentRowSelected">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Sets the value in the CurrentRowSelected property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>SetCurrentRowSelected</var> is a procedure which provides write access
|
|
for the CurrentRowSelected property. SetCurrentRowSelected gets a bookmark
|
|
for the current row, and calls Find to determine if the bookmark already
|
|
exists in the list. When AValue contains <b>False</b>, an existing bookmark
|
|
is freed and removed from the bookmark list. A Bookmark not in the list is
|
|
created and added when AValue is <b>True</b>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.SetCurrentRowSelected.AValue">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<b>True</b> to select the current row. <b>False</b> to de-selected the
|
|
current row.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.CheckActive">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Ensures that the dataset for the bookmark list is properly configured and
|
|
active.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
CheckActive is a procedure used to ensure that the bookmark list is active
|
|
and properly configured. CheckActive examines the DataLink for the Grid to
|
|
determine if it is active. An EInvalidGridOperation exception is raised if
|
|
the dataset is not already active.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
CheckActive compares the dataset in the bookmark list to the dataset in
|
|
the associated Grid control. If they are the same Dataset, no additional
|
|
processing is performed in the method. Otherwise, the Dataset for the
|
|
bookmark list is set to the Dataset from the associated Grid control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
CheckActive sets the value for the internal flag which indicates if a binary
|
|
search can be used to locate bookmarks. Hint: Binary search is not used for
|
|
TSQLQuery and TBufDataset descendants.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<errors>
|
|
<dl>
|
|
<dt>EInvalidGridOperation</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
Raised when the DataLink in the Grid control has an inactive Dataset; the
|
|
exception message is 'Dataset Inactive'.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
</dl>
|
|
</errors>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.Create">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>Create</var> is the constructor for TBookmarkList.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Create</var> is the constructor for the TBookmarkList class instance.
|
|
Create calls the inherited constructor. Create stores the AGrid argument
|
|
internally to keep an association to the grid for the Bookmarks. Finally,
|
|
Create initializes the internal list used to store Bookmarks added to the
|
|
class instance.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#rtl.system.TObject.Create">TObject.Create</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.Create.AGrid">
|
|
<short>Grid control that owns the bookmark list.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.Destroy">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>Destroy</var> is the destructor for <var>TBookmarkList</var>.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Destroy</var> is an overridden destructor for the
|
|
<var>TBookmarkList</var> class instance. Destroy ensures that
|
|
<var>TBookmark</var> items are removed from the list and freed before the
|
|
list is freed. Destroy calls the inherited destructor.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TBookmark" >TBookmark</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.Clear">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>Clear</var> removes all Items in the bookmark list.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Clear</var> is a procedure used to remove all of the Items stored in the
|
|
list. Clear calls the TDataset.FreeBookmark method for each of the TBookmark
|
|
instances in Items. The length of the Bookmark is set to 0 to decrease the
|
|
reference count for the memory allocation.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Clear uses the Invalidate method in the associated Grid control and causes it
|
|
to be redrawn.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.Delete">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Deletes rows in the Dataset represented by bookmarks in the list.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Delete</var> is a procedure used to delete rows in the Dataset
|
|
represented by bookmarks in the list. Delete processes the Items in the list
|
|
in reverse order. Each bookmark is located in the Dataset and the
|
|
TDataset.Delete method is called to remove the data from the dataset. The
|
|
Dataset.FreeBookmark method is called to free the Bookmark, and it is removed
|
|
from the Items in the list.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.Find">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>Find</var> locates the specified Bookmark and its position in the
|
|
bookmark list.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Find</var> is a <var>Boolean</var> function used to locate the bookmark
|
|
specified in <var>Item</var> in the Items for the bookmark list. No actions
|
|
are performed in the method, and the return value is <b>False</b>, when a
|
|
<var>TBookmark</var> instance has not been assigned to Item.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
For datasets where the bookmark contains an index value, a binary search is
|
|
used to locate the bookmark in Items. For other datasets, like TSQLQuery and
|
|
TBufDataset, each bookmark in Items is visited to compare the values.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Find calls the <var>TDataset.CompareBookmarks</var> method to compare the
|
|
value in Item to the bookmarks in Items. <var>AIndex</var> is set to the
|
|
position in Items where the bookmark was located. The return value is
|
|
<b>True</b> when the specified bookmark is located in the bookmark list.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TBookmarkList.Items"/>
|
|
<link id="TBookmark"/>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TDataset.CompareBookmarks">TDataset.CompareBookmarks</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.Find.Result">
|
|
<short><b>True</b> when the bookmark is located in the list.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.Find.Item">
|
|
<short>Bookmark to locate.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.Find.AIndex">
|
|
<short>Position in the list for the bookmark.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.IndexOf">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>IndexOf</var> returns the ordinal position for the specified Bookmark in
|
|
the list.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>IndexOf</var> is an Integer function used to get the ordinal position in
|
|
the list for the specified Bookmark. The return value contains the position
|
|
in the list where the TBookmark instance was located. IndexOf calls Find to
|
|
locate the bookmark and to capture the return value for the method. The
|
|
return value is in the range <var>0..Count-1</var> when the bookmark exists
|
|
in the list or <var>-1</var> when the bookmark is not found.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.IndexOf.Result">
|
|
<short>Position in the list for the bookmark.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.IndexOf.Item">
|
|
<short>Bookmark to find in the list.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.Refresh">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Searches for and removes invalid Bookmarks in the list.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Refresh</var> searches for and removes invalid Bookmarks in the list.
|
|
The return value is <b>True</b> if an invalid TBookmark instance was found
|
|
and removed in the method; it also indicates that the Invalidate method in
|
|
the associated Grid control was called prior to exiting from the method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.Refresh.Result">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<b>True</b> when the bookmark list was updated and the grid was refreshed.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.GetEnumerator">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets an enumerator for the bookmark list.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetEnumerator</var> is a TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator function used to
|
|
get an enumerator for bookmarked records in the list. GetEnumerator creates
|
|
an instance of TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator with the specified arguments, and
|
|
uses the instance as the return value for the method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seeslo>
|
|
<link id="TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator">TBookmarkedRecordEnumerator</link>
|
|
</seeslo>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.GetEnumerator.Result">
|
|
<short>The bookmark list enumerator.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.GetEnumerator.opt">
|
|
<short>Options to use in the bookmark list enumerator.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.Count">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates the number of Bookmarks in the list.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Count</var> is a read-only Integer property that indicates the number of
|
|
Bookmarks stored in the list. GetCount is the read access specifier for the
|
|
property value.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.CurrentRowSelected">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates if the current row in the Dataset is selected.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>CurrentRowSelected</var> is a Boolean property which indicates if the
|
|
current row in the Dataset is selected.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
GetCurrentRowSelected is the read access specifier for the property value.
|
|
GetCurrentRowSelected checks to see if the Bookmark for the current row
|
|
exists in BookmarkList.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
SetCurrentRowSelected is the write access specifier for the property value.
|
|
SetCurrentRowSelected tries to locate a Bookmark for the current row in the
|
|
Dataset, and adds or removes the Bookmark based on the AValue argument. The
|
|
Grid control is redrawn after changing the selection state for the row.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.Items">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Provides indexed access to Bookmarks in the list.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Items</var> is a read-only <var>TBookmark</var> property that provides
|
|
indexed access to Bookmarks in the list. Bookmarks can be accessed by their
|
|
ordinal position in the list (in the range <var>0..Count-1</var>).
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
GetItem is the read access specifier for the Items property, and retrieves
|
|
the TBookmark stored at the specified position in the list.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Items is the default property in TBookmarkList.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use CurrentSelectedRow, Clear, Delete, and Refresh to maintain bookmarks
|
|
stored in the list.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TBookmarkList.Items.AIndex">
|
|
<short>Ordinal position for the bookmark to retrieve from the list.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Maintains an association between a component and a dataset.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TComponentDataLink</var> is a <var>TDatalink</var> descendant that
|
|
maintains an association between a component and its linked dataset.
|
|
TComponentDataLink coordinates the actions of the component and the dataset,
|
|
and allows the component to respond to data events. TComponentDataLink
|
|
defines event handlers which can be used to forward dataset events to the
|
|
component implementation.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
TComponentDataLink is the type used to implement the
|
|
<var>TCustomDBGrid.DataLink</var> property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.DataLink"/>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TDataLink">TDataLink</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.FDataset"/>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.FDatasetName"/>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.FModified"/>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.FOnDatasetChanged"/>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.FOnDataseClose"/>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.FOnDataseOpen"/>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.FOnDataseScrolled"/>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.FOnFocusControl"/>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.FOnEditingChanged"/>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.FOnInvalidDataset"/>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.FOnInvalidDataSource"/>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.FOnLayoutChanged"/>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.FOnNewdataset"/>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.FOnRecordChanged"/>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.FOnUpdateData"/>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.GetDatasetName">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the value for the DatasetName property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetDatasetName</var> is a String function that provides the value for
|
|
the DataSetName property. GetDatasetName returns the value in the Name
|
|
property for the DataSet.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use DatasetName to read or write the value for the property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.GetDatasetName.Result">
|
|
<short>Name for the linked dataset.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.GetFields">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the Field at the specified position.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetFields</var> is a <var>TField</var> function that implements read
|
|
access for the Fields property. GetFields returns the TField instance at the
|
|
specified position in the Fields for the DataSet. The return value is
|
|
<b>Nil</b> if Index is not in the range <var>0..FieldCount-1</var>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use Fields to read values in the indexed property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TComponentDataLink.Fields"/>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TDataLink.DataSet">TDataLink.DataSet</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.GetFields.Result">
|
|
<short>Field stored at the specified position.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.GetFields.Index">
|
|
<short>Position to get from the Fields in the dataset.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.SetDatasetName">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Sets the name for the dataset.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>SetDatasetName</var> is a procedure used to store the specified value in
|
|
the DatasetName property. SetDatasetName is the write access specifier for
|
|
the DatasetName property. The value in AValue is stored in the member
|
|
variable for the class instance. It does not change the value stored the
|
|
linked TDataset.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use DatasetName to read or write the value for the property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TDataLink.DataSet">TDataLink.DataSet</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.SetDatasetName.AValue">
|
|
<short>Name to use for the dataset.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.RecordChanged">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Signals the <var>OnRecordChanged</var> event handler when assigned.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>RecordChanged</var> is an overridden procedure used to signal the
|
|
OnRecordChanged event handler when the specified Field is changed.
|
|
RecordChanged calls the event handler when it has been assigned in the class
|
|
instance. No action is performed when OnRecordChanged has not been assigned.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TComponentDataLink.OnRecordChanged"/>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TDataLink">TDataLink</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.RecordChanged.Field">
|
|
<short>Modified Field for the event notification.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.DatasetChanged">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Signals the <var>OnDatasetChanged</var> event handler when assigned.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DatasetChanged</var> is a procedure used to signal the OnDatasetChanged
|
|
event handler when the dataset has been changed. DatasetChanged calls the
|
|
event handler when it has been assigned in the class instance. No action is
|
|
performed when OnDatasetChanged has not been assigned.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TDataLink">TDataLink</link>
|
|
<link id="TComponentDataLink.OnDatasetChanged">TComponentDataLink.OnDatasetChanged</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.ActiveChanged">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Signals an event handler when the Active property is changed.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>ActiveChanged</var> is a procedure used to call event handlers when the
|
|
value in Active is changed.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
When Active contains <b>True</b>, the Dataset for the class is read and
|
|
compared to the value in the DatasetName property. When it differs from the
|
|
stored value the change is for a new dataset, and the OnNewDataset event
|
|
handler is signalled. If DatasetName is the same as the stored value, the
|
|
OnDataseOpen event handler is signalled.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
When Active contains <b>False</b>, the Datasource and Dataset are checked to
|
|
ensure that the contain valid class instances. If Datasource is unassigned,
|
|
the OnInvalidDataSource event handler is signalled. If Dataset is unassigned,
|
|
the Dataset is being freed, and the OnInvalidDataSet event handler is
|
|
signalled. If Dataset is assigned, the dataset has been closed and the
|
|
OnDataSetClose event handler is signalled.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TDataLink">TDataLink</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.LayoutChanged">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Signals the OnLayoutChanged event handler when assigned.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>LayoutChanged</var> is a procedure used to signal the OnLayoutChanged
|
|
event handler when assigned in the class instance.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.LayoutChanged"/>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TDataLink">TDataLink</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.DatasetScrolled">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Signals the OnDataSetScrolled event handler when assigned.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DatasetScrolled</var> is a procedure used to signal the
|
|
OnDataSetScrolled event handler when it has been assigned in the class
|
|
instance. DatasetScrolled is used in data sources or controls which change
|
|
the active record for the linked Dataset. These classes can implement and
|
|
assign a handler routine to perform actions specific to the control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
TCustomDBGrid provides a default implementation for the OnDataSetScrolled
|
|
event handler which performs the following control-specific actions:
|
|
</p>
|
|
<ul>
|
|
<li>
|
|
Updates scroll bar information (when needed).
|
|
</li>
|
|
<li>
|
|
Resets the EditorMode for the control.
|
|
</li>
|
|
<li>
|
|
Selects an Editor when the Active record has not been changed, and invalidates
|
|
the control where the data link is used.
|
|
</li>
|
|
<li>
|
|
Updates the active record and invalidates the grid row when the active record
|
|
has been changed.
|
|
</li>
|
|
<li>Restores EditorMode to the value on entry.</li>
|
|
</ul>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TComponentDataLink.OnDatasetScrolled"/>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TDataLink.ActiveRecord">TDataLink.ActiveRecord</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.DatasetScrolled.Distance">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Number of records for the event notification.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.FocusControl">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Signals the OnFocusControl event handler when assigned.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>FocusControl</var> is a procedure used to signal the OnFocusControl
|
|
event handler when assigned in the class instance.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TDataLink">TDataLink</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.FocusControl.Field">
|
|
<short>Field receiving focus in the event notification.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.CheckBrowseMode" link="#fcl.db.TDataLink.CheckBrowseMode">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Calls the inherited method.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>CheckBrowseMode</var> is a procedure used to call the inherited method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.EditingChanged">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Signals the OnEditingChanged event handler when assigned.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>EditingChanged</var> is a procedure used to signal the OnEditingChanged
|
|
event handler when assigned in the class instance.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TDataLink">TDataLink</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.UpdateData">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Signals the OnUpdateData event handler when assigned.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>UpdateData</var> is a procedure used to signal the OnUpdateData event
|
|
handler when assigned in the class instance.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TDataLink">TDataLink</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.MoveBy">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Moves the position in the dataset by the specified number of rows.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>MoveBy</var> is an Integer function used to move the current position in
|
|
the dataset by the specified number of rows. MoveBy calls the inherited
|
|
method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TDataLink">TDataLink</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.MoveBy.Result">
|
|
<short>Actual number of rows moved in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.MoveBy.Distance">
|
|
<short>Number of rows to move in the dataset.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.Modified">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates if the component or the linked dataset has been changed.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Modified</var> is a Boolean property that indicates if the component or
|
|
the linked dataset has been changed.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.OnRecordChanged">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>OnRecordChanged</var> - event handler for a change in the current record.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr></descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.OnDatasetChanged">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>OnDataseChanged</var> - event handler for a change in the attached
|
|
dataset.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr></descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.OnNewdataset">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>OnNewdataset</var> - event handler for formation of a link to a new
|
|
dataset.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr></descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.OnDatasetOpen">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>OnDataseOpen</var> - event handler when the dataset is open.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr></descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.OnInvalidDataset">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>OnInvalidDataset</var> - event handler when the dataset is invalid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr></descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.OnInvalidDataSource">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>OnInvalidDataSource</var> - event handler when the data source is
|
|
invalid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr></descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.OnFocusControl">
|
|
<short>Event handler signalled when the grid control receives focus.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnFocusControl</var> is a <var>TFocusControlEvent</var> property that
|
|
implements the event handler signalled when the grid control receives focus.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
OnFocusControl is signalled (when assigned) from the <var>FocusControl</var>
|
|
method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TFocusControlEvent">TFocusControlEvent</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.OnLayoutChanged">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>OnLayoutChanged</var> - event handler when the layout of the dataset has
|
|
changed.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr></descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.OnDatasetClose">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>OnDataseClose</var> - event handler when the dataset is closed.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr></descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.OnDatasetScrolled">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>OnDataseScrolled</var> - event handler when the dataset is scrolled.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr></descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.OnEditingChanged">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Event handler signalled when the value for the Editing property has been
|
|
changed.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr></descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.OnUpdateData">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Event handler signalled to perform actions for pending changes to the linked
|
|
dataset.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr></descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.DatasetName">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Contains the name for the linked dataset.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DatasetName</var> is a <var>String</var> property with the name for the
|
|
linked dataset in the component. The property value is retrieved from the
|
|
Name property in DataSet (when assigned). Otherwise, the member value is used.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TDataSet">TDataSet</link>
|
|
<link id="#rtl.classes.TComponent.Name">TComponent.Name</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.Fields">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Provides indexed access to fields in the linked dataset by their ordinal
|
|
position.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Fields</var>s a read-only indexed <var>TField</var> property which
|
|
provides access to fields in Dataset by their ordinal position. The return
|
|
value contains the TField instance in DataSet at the ordinal position in
|
|
Index. The property value is <b>Nil</b> if Index is not valid for the number
|
|
of fields in DataSet.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use DataSet.FieldCount to get the number of fields defined in the linked
|
|
dataset.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TDataLink.DataSet">TDataLink.DataSet</link>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TDataLink.DataSource">TDataLink.DataSource</link>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TField">TField</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.Fields.Index">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Ordinal position for the TField instance returned for the linked dataset.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TComponentDataLink.VisualControl" link="#fcl.db.TDataLink.VisualControl"/>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumnTitle">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>TColumnTitle</var> is a <var>TGridColumnTitle</var> descendant.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TColumnTitle</var> is a <var>TGridColumnTitle</var> descendant which
|
|
ensures the correct caption is used as the title for a column in a data-aware
|
|
grid.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumnTitle.GetDefaultCaption">
|
|
<short>Gets the default caption used as the title for the grid column.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetDefaultCaption</var> is an overridden String function in
|
|
<var>TColumnTitle</var> which provides the default caption used as the title
|
|
for a grid column.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
If a Field has been created for the column, the value of its DisplayName
|
|
property is used as the caption. If only the FieldName property is set, it is
|
|
used as the caption. Otherwise, the inherited method is called to get the
|
|
default caption for the column.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TColumn">TColumn</link>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TField">TField</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TGridColumnTitle.GetDefaultCaption">TGridColumnTitle.GetDefaultCaption</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumnTitle.GetDefaultCaption.Result">
|
|
<short>Default value used as the title for the column.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Implements a display column for the TDBGrid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TColumn</var> is a <var>TGridColumn</var> descendant that represents a
|
|
display column in a database grid control. TColumn extends the ancestor class
|
|
to provide support for using TField for data access, display formatting,
|
|
alignment, as well as use of check box and lookup list Fields. TColumn also
|
|
implements support for features in TDBGrid like: automatic rows, and
|
|
design-time vs run-time column ordering.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
TColumn provides properties and methods needed to access and maintain the
|
|
Dataset, Field, FieldName, and DisplayFormat for the column. TColumn provides
|
|
overridden functions which implement facilities from the ancestor class.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
TColumn instances can be created at run-time or design-time; properties are
|
|
provided to indicate when the instance was created. The display order for
|
|
columns need not correspond to the order of the Fields in the dataset, nor do
|
|
all Fields in the dataset need to be represented by a display column.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
TColumn instances are used as the collection item for the
|
|
<var>TDBGridColumns</var> collection.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TDBGrid.Columns"/>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridColumns"/>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TGridColumn">TGridColumn</link>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TField">TField</link>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TDataset">TDataset</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.FDisplayFormat"/>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.FDisplayFormatChanged"/>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.FFieldName"/>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.FField"/>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.FIsAutomaticColumn"/>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.FDesignIndex"/>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.ApplyDisplayFormat">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Applies a new display format to the Field which gets data for the column.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>ApplyDisplayFormat</var> is a procedure used to apply a new value in
|
|
DisplayFormat to the Field used to get data for the column. Field must
|
|
contain a valid TField instance, or no actions are performed in the method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
ApplyDisplayFormat ensures that the new value for DisplayFormat is properly
|
|
applied to Fields using the TNumericField or TDateTimeField class types.
|
|
ApplyDisplayFormat is used in the implementation of the LinkField method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TColumn.LinkField">TColumn.LinkField</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetDataset">
|
|
<short>Gets the Dataset for the column.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetDataset</var> is a TDataset function used to get the dataset which
|
|
provides data for the column. GetDataset uses Grid (cast to a TCustomDBGrid
|
|
instance) to access its DataLink and get the DataSet for the column
|
|
definition. The return value is <b>Nil</b> if the Grid control has not been
|
|
assigned for the column.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid">TCustomDBGrid</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TGridColumn.Grid">TGridColumn.Grid</link>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TDataset">TDataset</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetDataset.Result">
|
|
<short>Dataset for the column definition.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetDisplayFormat">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Get the value for the DisplayFormat property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetDisplayFormat</var> is a String function used to get the value for
|
|
the DisplayFormat property. The value in the member variable is returned when
|
|
it is different than the stored value for DisplayFormat. Otherwise, the value
|
|
from GetDefaultDisplayFormat is used as the return value.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use DisplayFormat to read and write the value for the property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetDisplayFormat.Result">
|
|
<short>Value for the DisplayFormat property.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetField">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the value for the Field property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetField</var> is a TField function used to get the value for the Field
|
|
property. GetField ensures that Field has been assigned, and that FieldName
|
|
has been set for the class instance. The LinkField method is called to find
|
|
and store the TField instance used as the return value for the method. The
|
|
return value is <b>Nil</b> if a Field with the name in FieldName cannot be
|
|
found.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use Field to read or write the value in the property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TColumn.Field">TColumn.Field</link>
|
|
<link id="TColumn.LinkField">TColumn.LinkField</link>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TField">TField</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetField.Result">
|
|
<short>Field used to access data for the column.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetIsDesignColumn">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the value for the IsDesignColumn property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetIsDesignColumn</var> is a Boolean function used to get the value for
|
|
the IsDesignColumn property. The return value is <b>True</b> when DesignIndex
|
|
contains a value in the range <var>0..9999</var>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The upper range for DesignIndex is a result of the value assigned in Create.
|
|
The value <var>10000</var> is used in the property when Grid has not assigned
|
|
for the collection, or Grid includes csLoading in its ComponentState property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use IsDesignColumn to read the value for the property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TColumn.DesignIndex">TColumn.DesignIndex</link>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridColumns">TDBGridColumns</link>
|
|
<link id="TDBGrid.Columns">TDBGrid.Columns</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetIsDesignColumn.Result">
|
|
<short>Value for the IsDesignColumn property.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.IsDisplayFormatStored">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Determines the storage specifier for the DisplayFormat property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>IsDisplayFormatStored</var> is a Boolean function used as the storage
|
|
specifier for the DisplayFormat property. The return value is <b>True</b> if
|
|
the member variable for the DisplayFormat property is different than the one
|
|
used for the Field.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.IsDisplayFormatStored.Result">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<b>True</b> when DisplayFormat is different the one used for the Field.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr></descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.SetDisplayFormat">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Sets the value in the DisplayFormat property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>SetDisplayFormat</var> is a procedure used to set the value in the
|
|
DisplayFormat property. SetDisplayFormat compares the value stored in the
|
|
member variable to the new value for the property. If they are different, the
|
|
new value is stored and a flag is set to indicate that the display format has
|
|
changed. SetDisplayFormat calls the ColumnChanged method to indicate that the
|
|
column definition has been updated.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
No actions are performed in the method when the DisplayFormat has not been
|
|
changed.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use DisplayFormat to read or write the value for the property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.SetDisplayFormat.AValue">
|
|
<short>New value for the DisplayFormat property.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.SetField">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Sets the value in the Field property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>SetField</var> is a procedure used to set the value in the Field
|
|
property. SetField compares the new value for the property to the value
|
|
stored in the member variable. When they are different, the new value is
|
|
stored in the member variable. If the new value is not <b>Nil</b>, its
|
|
FieldName is updated as well. SetField calls the ColumnChanged method to
|
|
indicate that the column definition has been updated.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
No actions are performed in the method when the new Field value is the same
|
|
as the value stored in the member variable .
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use Field to read or write the value for the property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TColumn.Field">TColumn.Field</link>
|
|
<link id="TColumn.FieldName">TColumn.FieldName</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.SetField.AValue">
|
|
<short>New value for the Field property.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.SetFieldName">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Sets the value in the FieldName property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>SetFieldName</var> is a procedure used to set the value in the FieldName
|
|
property. SetFieldName compares the new value to the value stored in the
|
|
member variable for the property. No actions are performed in the method when
|
|
they are the same.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
SetFieldName stores the new value for the property in its member variable,
|
|
and calls the LinkField method to find the Field with the specified name.
|
|
DisplayFormat is updated when a matching Field is located in the dataset for
|
|
the column.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TColumn.LinkField">TColumn.LinkField</link>
|
|
<link id="TColumn.DisplayFormat">TColumn.DisplayFormat</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.SetFieldName.AValue">
|
|
<short>New value for the FieldName property.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.CreateTitle">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Creates the title used for the grid column.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>CreateTitle</var> is an overridden TGridColumnTitle function used to
|
|
create the title used as a fixed caption for the column.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TGridColumn.CreateTitle">TGridColumn.CreateTitle</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.CreateTitle.Result">
|
|
<short>Title for the column.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetDefaultAlignment">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the default alignment for the Field in the column definition.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetDefaultAlignment</var> is an overridden TAlignment function that gets
|
|
the default alignment for the Field in the column definition.
|
|
GetDefaultAlignment gets the button style used by the default editor for
|
|
Field. For check box and button-style editors, center alignment is used.
|
|
Otherwise, the Alignment in Field is used. If Field has not been assigned,
|
|
left alignment is used.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetDefaultAlignment.Result">
|
|
<short>Alignment for the Field and/or editor style.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetDefaultDisplayFormat">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the default display format for the Field in a column.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetDefaultDisplayFormat</var> is a String function used to get the
|
|
default display format provided for the Field in a column definition.
|
|
GetDefaultDisplayFormat uses the Field property to get its DisplayFormat for
|
|
use as the return value in the method. The return value is a empty string
|
|
<var>('')</var> when Field has not been assigned for the column definition.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
GetDefaultDisplayFormat is used in the implementation of the GetDisplayFormat
|
|
method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TColumn.Field"/>
|
|
<link id="TColumn.DisplayFormat"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetDefaultDisplayFormat.Result">
|
|
<short>Default display format for the Field in the column.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetDefaultValueChecked">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the default value for a check box in the Checked state as a String.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetDefaultValueChecked</var> is an overridden String function used to
|
|
get the default value used for a check box column in the Checked state. When
|
|
Field has been assigned for the column, and the data type is ftBoolean, the
|
|
return value is <var>'TRUE'</var>. If Field has not been assigned, the return
|
|
value is <var>'1'</var>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetDefaultValueChecked.Result">
|
|
<short>'TRUE' or '1'</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetDefaultValueUnchecked">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the default String value for a check box in the UnChecked state.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetDefaultValueUnchecked</var> is an overridden String function used to
|
|
get the default value used for a check box column in the UnChecked state.
|
|
When Field has been assigned for the column, and the data type is ftBoolean
|
|
the return value is <var>'FALSE'</var>. If Field has not been assigned, the
|
|
return value is <var>'0'</var>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetDefaultValueUnchecked.Result">
|
|
<short>'FALSE' or '0'</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetDefaultVisible">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates if the Field for the column is Visible.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetDefaultVisible</var> is an overridden Boolean function that indicates
|
|
if the Field for the column is Visible. GetDefaultVisible uses Field to get
|
|
its Visible property for use as the return value in the method. If Field has
|
|
not been assigned in the column, the return value is <b>True</b>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TGridColumn.GetDefaultVisible">TGridColumn.GetDefaultVisible</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetDefaultVisible.Result">
|
|
<short><b>True</b> when the Field for the column is visible.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetDisplayName">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the display name for the collection item.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetDisplayName</var> is an overridden String function used to get the
|
|
display name for the column. The display name is used at design-time to get
|
|
the name for the collection item, and at run-time when a dataset for the
|
|
column has not been assigned or opened.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The value in FieldName is used as the return value for the method, when it
|
|
has been assigned in the column. Otherwise, the inherited GetDisplayName
|
|
method is called to get the return value.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use FieldName to set the name of the Field used for the column.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TColumn.FieldName"/>
|
|
<link id="#rtl.classes.TCollectionItem.DisplayName">TCollectionItem.DisplayName</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetDisplayName.Result">
|
|
<short>Display name for the collection item.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetDefaultReadOnly">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the default value for the ReadOnly property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetDefaultReadOnly</var> is an overridden Boolean function which gets
|
|
the default value for the ReadOnly property. GetDefaultReadOnly combines the
|
|
ReadOnly values found in both the Grid and the Field for the dataset to
|
|
derive the value for the method. The return value is <b>True</b> when Grid or
|
|
Field is not assigned for the column.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TGridColumn.GetDefaultReadOnly"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.ReadOnly"/>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TField.ReadOnly">TField.ReadOnly</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetDefaultReadOnly.Result">
|
|
<short>Effective value for the ReadOnly property.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetDefaultWidth">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the effective width for the column.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetDefaultWidth</var> is an overridden Integer function used to get the
|
|
effective width for the column. The return value is calculated using the Grid
|
|
and its Canvas to find the space needed for the Field in the column. When the
|
|
Grid has Options that include the value dgTitles, Title.Caption and
|
|
Title.Font are included in the calculation. GetDefaultWidth calls the
|
|
CalcColumnFieldWidth function to get the canvas width used as the return
|
|
value.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The return value is -1 if the Grid has not been assigned for the column. The
|
|
return value contains Grid.DefaultColWidth when Field has not been assigned
|
|
in the column.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TGridColumn.GetDefaultWidth">TGridColumn.GetDefaultWidth</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetDefaultWidth.Result">
|
|
<short>Effective width for the column.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetPickList">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the values in the pick list for the column.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetPickList</var> is an overridden TStrings function which gets the
|
|
values in the pick list for the column. GetPickList calls the inherited
|
|
method, and provides support for Lookup Fields in the column definition.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
When Field is assigned and contains a Lookup Field (fkLookup in its FieldKind
|
|
property), values from the LookupList or the LookupDataset are included in
|
|
the return value. When LookupDataset is used, the result includes values from
|
|
the LookupResultField for each of the rows in the dataset.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TGridColumn.PickList">TGridColumn.PickList</link>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TField">TField</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.GetPickList.Result">
|
|
<short>Values available for the lookup-style column.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.IsAutomaticColumn">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates if the column was automatically added at run-time.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>IsAutomaticColumn</var> is a read-only Boolean property that indicates
|
|
if the column was automatically added to the collection at run-time. The
|
|
value in IsAutomaticColumn is updated when TDBGrid.AddAutomaticColumns and
|
|
TDBGridColumns.RemoveAutoColumns add or remove items in the collection.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use IsDesignColumn to determine if the column was added at design-time. Use
|
|
TDBGridColumns.HasAutomaticColumns to determine if any automatic columns are
|
|
stored in the collection. Use TDBGrid.OptionsExtra to enable or disable
|
|
automatically columns in a database grid control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TColumn.IsDesignColumn">TColumn.IsDesignColumn</link>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridColumns">TDBGridColumns</link>
|
|
<link id="TDBGrid.Columns">TDBGrid.Columns</link>
|
|
<link id="TDBGrid.OptionsExtra">TDBGrid.OptionsExtra</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.IsDesignColumn">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates if the column was added at design-time.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>IsDesignColumn</var> is a read-only Boolean property which indicates if
|
|
the column was added at design-time. GetIsDesignColumn is the read access
|
|
specifier for the IsDesignColumn property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use IsAutomaticColumn to determine if the column was added at run-time. Use
|
|
TDBGridColumns.HasDesignColumns to determine if any design-time columns are
|
|
stored in the collection.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TColumn.IsAutomaticColumn">TColumn.IsAutomaticColumn</link>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridColumns.HasDesignColumns">TDBGridColumns.HasDesignColumns</link>
|
|
<link id="TDBGrid.OptionsExtra">TDBGrid.OptionsExtra</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.LinkField">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Establishes a link between the FieldName and the Field in a Dataset.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>LinkField</var> is a procedure used to establish a link between the
|
|
FieldName in the column and the Field in its Dataset. LinkField requires Grid
|
|
to be assigned in order to access the DataLink and its Dataset. When Grid is
|
|
unassigned, the value for Field is <var>Nil</var>. The DataLink in Grid must
|
|
be Active to access the Fields in the dataset. When DataLink in not Active,
|
|
the value in Field is <var>Nil</var>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
LinkField finds the Field in the linked dataset with the name specified in
|
|
FieldName. The TField instance is stored in the Field property. LinkField
|
|
calls the ApplyDisplayFormat method to update the DisplayFormat used for the
|
|
column.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
LinkField is called when reading the value for the Field property and it has
|
|
not already been assigned.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TColumn.LinkField"/>
|
|
<link id="TColumn.DisplayFormat"/>
|
|
<link id="TColumn.Field"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.DataLink"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.Create">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Constructor for the <var>TColumn</var> instance.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Create</var> is the constructor for the <var>TColumn</var> instance.
|
|
Create calls the inherited <var>Create</var> constructor and sets the
|
|
DesignIndex used for the new entry in the
|
|
<link id="#rtl.classes.TCollection">TCollection</link>. Create is called by the <link id="#rtl.classes.TCollection.Add">TCollection.Add</link> method and should not be called directly under normal circumstances.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TGridColumn.Create">TGridColumn.Create</link>
|
|
<link id="#rtl.classes.TCollection">TCollection</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.Create.ACollection">
|
|
<short>Collection that owns the collection item.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.Assign">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Stores properties from a persistent class in the current class instance.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Assign</var> is an overridden procedure which stores properties from
|
|
Source in the current class instance. Assign calls the inherited Assign
|
|
method. When Source is a TColumn class instance, the values for the following
|
|
are stored in the current class instance:
|
|
</p>
|
|
<ul>
|
|
<li>FieldName</li>
|
|
<li>DisplayFormat</li>
|
|
<li>ValueChecked</li>
|
|
<li>ValueUnchecked</li>
|
|
</ul>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#rtl.classes.TPersistent.Assign">TPersistent.Assign</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.Assign.Source">
|
|
<short>Persistent class with values stored in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.IsDefault">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates if the column uses its default display format.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>IsDefault</var> is an overridden Boolean function that indicates if the
|
|
column uses its default display format. The return value is <b>True</b> when
|
|
the value in the DisplayFormat property has not been changed. IsDefault calls
|
|
the inherited method to get the return value for the method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TGridColumn.IsDefault">TGridColumn.IsDefault</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumn.IsDefault.Result">
|
|
<short><b>True</b> when DisplayFormat has been changed.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.DesignIndex">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Order for the column in its collection at design-time.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DesignIndex</var> is a read-only Integer property that contains the
|
|
order for the column in its collection at design-time. The value in
|
|
DesignIndex is used primarily when TDBGridColumns.ResetColumnsOrder compares
|
|
and sorts the items in its collection.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridColumns.ResetColumnsOrder"/>
|
|
<link id="TColumn.Create"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.Field">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>Field</var> in the <var>Dataset</var> associated with this
|
|
<var>Column</var>.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Field</var> is a <var>TField</var> property that provides access to the
|
|
content and other attributes for the dataset Field represented by the column.
|
|
GetField reads the value for the property. SetField writes the value for the
|
|
property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TColumn.LinkField"/>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TField">TField</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.FieldName">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Name of the Field with data for the column.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>FieldName</var> is a String property which contains the name of the
|
|
Field used to get data for the column. <var>SetFieldName</var> is the write
|
|
access specifier for the property. Changing the value in FieldName causes
|
|
LinkField to be called to find the Field with the specified name. The value
|
|
in DisplayFormat is also modified when the property was has changed.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumn.DisplayFormat">
|
|
<short>The format to be used for display in this column.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DisplayFormat</var> is a String property which specifies a format string
|
|
used for displaying the value of a Field with the name in FieldName. Use of
|
|
DisplayFormat in TColumn is consistent with its use in TField (and
|
|
descendants), but can assign a value that overrides the default display
|
|
format for the Field.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetDisplayFormat</var> is the read access specifier for the property.
|
|
<var>SetDisplayFormat</var> is the write access specifier for the property.
|
|
Changing the value in DisplayFormat causes the ColumnChanged method to be
|
|
called when the column definition has been updated.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TColumnOrder">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Enumerated type defining alternate ordering for columns.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TColumnOrder</var> is an enumerated type which defines alternate
|
|
ordering for columns in a collection. The values specify whether the
|
|
design-time or run-time index is used when ordering TColumn instances in the
|
|
TDBGridColumns collection.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.dbgrids.TColumn">TColumn</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.dbgrids.TDBGridColumns">TDBGridColumns</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.dbgrids.TDBGrid.Columns">TDBGrid.Columns</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumnOrder.coDesignOrder">
|
|
<short>Columns are ordered using the DesignIndex value.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TColumnOrder.coFieldIndexOrder">
|
|
<short>Columns are order by the Index for the Field.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDbGridColumns">
|
|
<short>Implements a collection for columns in a database-aware grid.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TDBGridColumns</var> is a TGridColumns descendant which implements a
|
|
collection for columns added to TDBGrid.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
TDBGridColumns extends the ancestor class to include support for adding and
|
|
removing automatic columns at run-time. Automatic columns are a feature in
|
|
TDBGrid that, when enabled, ensures the collection has a column definition
|
|
for each Field in the linked dataset for its grid control. Methods and
|
|
Properties are provided to identify columns added at run-time, and to order
|
|
entries in the collection by their design-time or run-time indices.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Items is the default property for the collection. TColumn is the class type
|
|
used for Items added to the collection.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use the Add method to create a new collection item in the Items property. Use
|
|
LinkFields to update the association between an item in the collection and
|
|
the TField used to access its data. Use ResetColumnsOrder to change the order
|
|
of Items in the collection.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridColumns.Items"/>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridColumns.Add"/>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridColumns.LinkFields"/>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridColumns.ResetColumnsOrder"/>
|
|
<link id="TColumn"/>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TGridColumns">TGridColumns</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TGridColumn">TGridColumn</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.GetColumn">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the collection item stored at the specified ordinal position.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetColumn</var> is a TColumn function which gets the column at the
|
|
specified position in the collection. GetColumn is the read access specifier
|
|
for the Items property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use Items to read and write values in the collection.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.GetColumn.Result">
|
|
<short>Collection item at the specified position.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.GetColumn.Index">
|
|
<short>Position in the collection.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.SetColumn">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Stores the collection item at the specified position.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>SetColumn</var> is a procedure which stores the column in Value at the
|
|
specified position in the collection. SetColumn is the write access specifier
|
|
for the Items property. SetColumn uses the Assign method to store the new
|
|
Value in the collection.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use Items to read and write values in the collection.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.SetColumn.Index">
|
|
<short>Position where the collection item is stored </short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.SetColumn.Value">
|
|
<short>Collection item to store at the specified position.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.Update">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Redraws the Grid control that owns the column collection.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Update</var> causes the TDBGrid control which owns the column collection
|
|
to be redrawn. The value in Grid must be assigned, or no actions are
|
|
performed in the method. In addition, the Grid control will not be updated if
|
|
component streaming is active (csLoading in its ComponentState). Update calls
|
|
TDBGrid.LayoutChanged to cause the Grid control to be redrawn.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TGridColumns">TGridColumns</link>
|
|
<link id="#rtl.classes.TCollection">TCollection</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.Update.Item">
|
|
<short>Collection item triggering the update.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.ColumnFromField">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>ColumnFromField</var> returns the collection item for the specified
|
|
Field.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>ColumnFromField</var> returns the collection item for the specified
|
|
Field. The return value is <var>Nil</var> when Field has not been assigned.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
ColumnFromField iterates over the Items in the collection to locate the
|
|
specified Field. The return value is <var>Nil</var> when Field cannot be
|
|
located in the Items for the collection.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
ColumnFromField is used in the TDBGrid.AddAutomaticColumns method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.ColumnFromField.Result">
|
|
<short>Collection item for the specified Field.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.ColumnFromField.Field">
|
|
<short>Field to locate in the collection.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.HasAutomaticColumns">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>HasAutomaticColumns</var> indicates if any items in the collection are
|
|
an automatic column.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>HasAutomaticColumns</var> is a <var>Boolean</var> function that
|
|
indicates if any items in the collection are an automatic column added at
|
|
run-time. Automatic columns are a feature in TDBGrid enabled by adding the
|
|
appropriate value to its OptionsExtra property. HasAutomaticColumns returns
|
|
<b>True</b> if a TColumn instance in the Items property has its
|
|
IsAutomaticColumn property set.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TDBGrid.OptionsExtra">TDBGrid.OptionsExtra</link>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridColumns.RemoveAutoColumns">TDBGridColumns.RemoveAutoColumns</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.HasAutomaticColumns.Result">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<b>True</b> when automatic columns are stored in the collection.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.HasDesignColumns">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>HasDesignColumns</var> indicates if the collection contains any items
|
|
explicitly added at design-time.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>HasDesignColumns</var> is a Boolean function that indicates if the
|
|
collection contains any items explicitly added at design-time.
|
|
HasDesignColumns returns <b>True</b> if Items contains a TColumn instance
|
|
with its IsDesignColumn property set.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridColumns.Items"/>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridColumns.ResetColumnsOrder"/>
|
|
<link id="TColumn.IsDesignColumn"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.HasDesignColumns.Result">
|
|
<short><b>True</b> an item has its IsDesignColumn property set.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.RemoveAutoColumns">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>RemoveAutoColumns</var> removes automatic columns in the collection.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>RemoveAutoColumns</var> is a procedure used to remove any automatic
|
|
columns in the collection. RemoveAutoColumns uses HasAutomaticColumns to
|
|
determine if any action is required.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
When HasAutomaticColumns returns <b>True</b> the Grid updates its GridStatus
|
|
to include the value gsRemovingAutoColumns. RemoveAutoColumns calls the
|
|
Delete method for any column having its IsAutomaticColumn property set to
|
|
<b>True</b>. gsRemovingAutoColumns is removed from the GridStatus property in
|
|
the Grid prior to exiting from the method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Applications do not normally call the RemoveAutoColumns method. Use
|
|
OptionsExtra in TDBGrid to disable the automatic columns feature for the grid
|
|
control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.GridStatus"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.OptionsExtra"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.Add">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>Add</var> creates and stores a new item in the collection.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Add</var> creates and stores a new TColumn instance in the collection.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Add uses the Grid property (and the value in its GridStatus property) to
|
|
determine whether the column is being explicitly added to the collection or
|
|
added as a result of the automatic columns option in the grid. If the Grid
|
|
contains the value gsAddingAutoColumns in its GridStatus property, existing
|
|
automatic columns are left in the collection. Otherwise, RemoveAutoColumns is
|
|
called prior to creating and storing the new TColumn instance.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Add calls the inherited Add method to create and store the new TColumn
|
|
instance.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#rtl.classes.TCollection.Add">TCollection.Add</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.Add.Result">
|
|
<short>TColumn added to the collection.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.ColumnByFieldname">
|
|
<short>Gets the collection item with the specified field name.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>ColumnByFieldname</var> is a <var>TColumn</var> function used to get the
|
|
collection item with the field name in <var>aFieldname</var>. Performs a
|
|
case-insensitive comparison between the FieldName property in the collection
|
|
items and the value in aFieldname. The return value is <b>Nil</b> if a column
|
|
is not found with the specified name.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.ColumnByFieldname.Result">
|
|
<short>TColumn instance with the specified name, or <b>Nil</b>.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.ColumnByFieldname.AFieldname">
|
|
<short>Field name to locate the collection items.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.ColumnByTitle">
|
|
<short>Gets the collection item with the specified column title.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>ColumnByTitle</var> is a <var>TColumn</var> function used to get the
|
|
collection item with the column title specified in aTitle. ColumnByTitle is
|
|
an overridden method, and calls the inherited method to get the TColumn
|
|
return value.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.ColumnByTitle.Result">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Column instance with the specified title, or <b>Nil</b> when not found.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.ColumnByTitle.ATitle">
|
|
<short>Column title to located in the collection items.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.LinkFields">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Associates column items with the corresponding Fields in the Dataset.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>LinkFields</var> is a procedure which associates column items to the
|
|
corresponding Fields in the Dataset for the Grid. LinkFields uses Grid to
|
|
call its BeginLayout and EndLayout methods prior to and immediately after
|
|
linking the Items in the collection to fields in the Dataset. This forces the
|
|
Grid control to be updated when the method has completed. LinkFields calls
|
|
the TColumn.LinkField method for each of the Items in the collection.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.ResetColumnsOrder">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>ResetColumnsOrder</var> arranges columns in the collection to the
|
|
specified order.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>ResetColumnsOrder</var> is a procedure used to arrange columns in the
|
|
collection to the order specified in the ColumnOrder argument. ColumnOrder
|
|
can contain the following values:
|
|
</p>
|
|
<dl>
|
|
<dt>coDesignOrder</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
TColumn.DesignIndex (when available) is used to order collection items.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
<dt>coFieldIndex</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
The index for the TColumn.Field (when available) is used to order collection
|
|
items.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
</dl>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Otherwise, the index of the collection item is unchanged.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.ResetColumnsOrder.ColumnOrder">
|
|
<short>Sort order for columns in the collection.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.Items">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>Items</var> provides indexed access to columns added to the collection.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Items</var> is a TColumn property that provides indexed access to
|
|
columns in the collection by their ordinal position (in the range
|
|
<var>0..Count-1</var>). Read and write access to columns in the Items
|
|
property are cast to the TColumn class type used in the collection. Write
|
|
access calls the Assign method in the TColumn instance stored at the
|
|
specified position.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Items is the default property for the collection.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TDBGridColumns.Items.Index">
|
|
<short>Position for the collection item.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>TCustomDBGrid</var> is the base class for <var>TDBGrid</var>.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TCustomDBGrid</var> is a <var>TCustomGrid</var> descendant and the base
|
|
class for <var>TDBGrid</var>. TCustomDBGrid adds capabilities needed to
|
|
implement a database-aware grid control. One key feature is the
|
|
TComponentDataLink in DataLink used to coordinate access and event handlers
|
|
between the grid control and its linked dataset. Another key feature is the
|
|
use of the Options and OptionsExtra properties to enable/disable features or
|
|
behaviors in the grid control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
TCustomDBGrid overrides certain features from the ancestor class to provide
|
|
consistent use with Fields, Field kinds, and values in TDataset.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Applications should use the TDBGrid descendant which sets the scope of
|
|
properties, methods, and event handlers to public or published.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.HowToUseGrids">How To Use Grids</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.dbctrls.HowToUseDataAwareControls">How To Use Data-Aware Controls</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FDataLink"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FExtraOptions"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FOnCellClick"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FOnColEnter"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FOnColExit"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FOnColumnMoved"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FOnColumnSized"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FOnDrawColumnCell"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FOnDrawColumnTitle"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FOnFieldEditMask"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FOnTitleClick"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FOnSelectEditor"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FOnCheckboxBitmap"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FOnCheckboxState"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FOptions"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FReadOnly"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FColEnterPending"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FLayoutChangedCount"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FTempText"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FDrawingActiveRecord"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid."/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FDrawingMultiSelRecord"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FDrawingEmptyDataset"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FEditingColumn"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FOldPosition"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FDefaultColWidths"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FGridStatus"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FOldControlStyle"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FSelectedRows"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FOnPrepareCanvas"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FKeySign"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FSavedRecord"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FOnGetCellHint"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FOnRowMoved"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FFixedRowsExtra"/>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.EmptyGrid">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Clears the data display area for the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>EmptyGrid</var> is a procedure used to clear the data content for the
|
|
grid control. EmptyGrid calls the <var>Clear</var> method to remove the
|
|
visual display for data in the grid control. Please note that stored data is
|
|
not removed; only the visual display for the control is affected. EmptyGrid
|
|
ensures that fixed display columns are retained. EmptyGrid also resets the
|
|
width of the row indicator to its default value when <var>dgIndicator</var>
|
|
is included in the <var>Options</var> for the control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
EmptyGrid is used in the implementation of the <var>DoLayoutChanged</var>
|
|
method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetColumns">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the value for the Columns property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
GetColumns is re-implemented in TCustomDBGrid to return the TDBGridCoumns
|
|
type, instead of the TGridColumns types used in the TCustomGrid ancestor.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.Columns"/>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.Columns">TCustomGrid.Columns</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetColumns.Result">
|
|
<short>Value for the property.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetCurrentColumn">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the value for the SelectedColumn property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetCurrentColumn</var> is a <var>TColumn</var> function used as the read
|
|
access specifier for the SelectedColumn property. GetCurrentColumn checks the
|
|
<var>Columns</var> property to ensure that it is enabled for the control. The
|
|
return value is the TColumn instance stored at SelectedIndex in Columns when
|
|
Enabled. The return value is <var>Nil</var> if Columns has not been enabled
|
|
for the control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use SelectedColumn to get the currently selected column in the grid control.
|
|
Use SelectedField to the TField which reads and writes data for the currently
|
|
selected column in the grid control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetCurrentColumn.Result">
|
|
<short>Value for the property.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetCurrentField">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the value in the SelectedField property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetCurrentField</var> is a TField function used to get the value in the
|
|
SelectedField property. GetCurrentField is the read access specifier for the
|
|
SelectedField property. GetCurrentField calls GetFieldFromGridColumn to get
|
|
the TField instance used as the value for the property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use SelectedField to read and write value for the property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetCurrentField.Result">
|
|
<short>Value for the SelectedField property.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetDataSource">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the value for the DataSource property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetDataSource</var> is a TDataSource function used to get the value for
|
|
the DataSource property. GetDataSource is the read access specifier for the
|
|
DataSource property. GetDataSource gets the DataSource property stored in
|
|
DataLink as the return value for the method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use DataSource to read or write values in the property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetDataSource.Result">
|
|
<short>Value for the DataSource property.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetFirstColumn">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the value for the FirstColumn property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr/>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.FirstColumn"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetFirstColumn.Result">
|
|
<short>Value for the FirstColumn property.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetLastColumn">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the value for the LastColumn property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr/>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.LastColumn"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetLastColumn.Result">
|
|
<short>Value for the LastColumn property.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetRecordCount">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the number of records in the linked dataset.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetRecordCount</var> is an Integer function used to get the number of
|
|
records in the linked dataset. GetRecordCount uses the DataLink for the grid
|
|
to get the RecordCount in its DataSet property. The record count is used as
|
|
the return value for the method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetRecordCount.Result">
|
|
<short>Number of records in the linked dataset.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetSelectedFieldRect">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the value for the SelectedFieldRect property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr/>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.SelectedFieldRect"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetSelectedFieldRect.Result">
|
|
<short>Value for the SelectedFieldRect property.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetSelectedIndex">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the value for the SelectedIndex property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetSelectedIndex</var> is an Integer function used as the read access
|
|
specifier for the <var>SelectedIndex</var> property. GetSelectedIndex returns
|
|
the ordinal position of the currently selected column in the Columns
|
|
property. If Columns has not been Enabled for the control, the ordinal
|
|
position of the Field for the currently selected column is returned.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use SelectedIndex to read or write values for the property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetSelectedIndex.Result">
|
|
<short>Ordinal position of the currently selected column.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnRecordChanged">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Default implementation for the OnRecordChanged event handler in
|
|
TComponentDataLink.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnRecordChanged</var> is a procedure which provides a default
|
|
implementation for the OnRecordChanged event handler in TComponentDataLink.
|
|
OnRecordChanged ensures that the grid control and the linked dataset are
|
|
synchronized when refreshing the active record, selecting the current column,
|
|
and re-enabling the edit control when EditMode is active.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnRecordChanged.Field">
|
|
<short>
|
|
TField instance for the modified field, or Nil to update the entire record.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnDatasetChanged">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Default implementation for the OnDatasetChanged event handler in
|
|
TComponentDataLink.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnDatasetChanged</var> is a procedure which provides a default
|
|
implementation for the OnDatasetChanged event handler in TComponentDataLink.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnDatasetChanged.aDataset">
|
|
<short>Dataset with the name included in debugging messages.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnDatasetOpen">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Default implementation for the OnDatasetOpen event handler in
|
|
TComponentDataLink.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnDatasetOpen</var> provides a default implementation for the event
|
|
handler in TComponentDataLink.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnDatasetOpen.aDataset">
|
|
<short>Not used in the current implementation.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnDatasetClose">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Implementation for the OnDatasetClose event handler in TComponentDataLink.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<var>OnDatasetClose</var> provides a default implementation for the event
|
|
handler in TComponentDataLink.
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnDatasetClose.aDataset">
|
|
<short>Not used in the current implementation.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnEditingChanged">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Implementation for the OnEditingChanged event handler in TComponentDataLink.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<var>OnEditingChanged</var> provides a default implementation for the event
|
|
handler in TComponentDataLink.
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnEditingChanged.aDataset">
|
|
<short>Dataset for the event notification.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnInvalidDataset">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Implementation for the OnInvalidDataSet event handler in TComponentDataLink.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<var>OnInvalidDataSet</var> provides a default implementation for the event
|
|
handler in TComponentDataLink.
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnInvalidDataset.ADataset">
|
|
<short>Dataset for the event notification.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnInvalidDataSource">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Implementation for the event handler in TComponentDataLink.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<var>OnInvalidDataSourcet</var> provides a default implementation for the
|
|
event handler in TComponentDataLink.
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnInvalidDataSource.ADataset">
|
|
<short>Dataset for the event notification.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnFocusControl">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Implements an event handler signalled when a control gets focus.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnFocusControl</var> is a procedure which implements the event handler
|
|
signalled when a control gets focus in the database grid. It cannot be
|
|
overridden. Use the OnFocusControl property in DataLink to override the event
|
|
handler.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
OnFocusControl ensures that SelectedField is updated with the specified Field
|
|
and calls the SetFocus method. No actions are performed if CanFocus indicates
|
|
the control cannot be focused, or a column is not found for the specified
|
|
Field.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TFocusControlEvent">TFocusControlEvent</link>
|
|
<link id="TComponentDataLink">TComponentDataLink</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnFocusControl.aField">
|
|
<short>Field reference for the event.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnLayoutChanged">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Implementation for the event handler in TComponentDataLink.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<var>OnLayoutChanged</var> provides a default implementation for the event
|
|
handler in TComponentDataLink.
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnLayoutChanged.ADataset">
|
|
<short>Dataset for the event notification.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnNewDataset">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Implementation for the event handler in TComponentDataLink.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<var>OnNewDataset</var> provides a default implementation for the event
|
|
handler in TComponentDataLink.
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnNewdataset.ADataset">
|
|
<short>Not used in the current implementation.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnDatasetScrolled">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Implementation for the OnDatasetScrolled event handler in TComponentDataLink.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<var>OnDatasetScrolled</var> provides a default implementation for the event
|
|
handler in TComponentDataLink.
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnDatasetScrolled.ADataset">
|
|
<short>Dataset for the event notification.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnDatasetScrolled.Distance">
|
|
<short>Number of rows and relative direction for the scroll event.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnUpdateData">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Implementation for the OnUpdateData event handler in TComponentDataLink.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<var>OnUpdateData</var> provides a default implementation for the event
|
|
handler in TComponentDataLink.
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnUpdateData.ADataset">
|
|
<short>Dataset for the event notification.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SetColumns">
|
|
<short>Sets the value for the Columns property.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.Columns"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SetColumns.AValue">
|
|
<short>New value for the Columns property.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SetCurrentField">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Sets the value for the SelectedField property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>SetCurrentField</var> is a procedure used to set the value in the
|
|
SelectedField property. SetCurrentField is the write access specifier for the
|
|
SelectedField property. SetCurrentField calls GetGridColumnFromField to
|
|
ensure that the Field in AValue becomes the current column in the control. No
|
|
actions are performed in the method when AValue contains the same value as
|
|
the SelectedField property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use SelectedField to read or write the value for the property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.SelectedField"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SetCurrentField.AValue">
|
|
<short>New value for the property.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SetDataSource">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Sets the value in the DataSource property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>SetDataSource</var> is a procedure used to set the value in the
|
|
DataSource property. SetDataSource is the write access specifier for the
|
|
DataSource property. SetDataSource stores the value in AValue in the
|
|
DataSource property for DataLink, refreshes the column widths for the
|
|
control, and calls UpdateActive.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use DataSource to read or write the value in the property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SetDataSource.AValue">
|
|
<short>New data source for the property value.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SetExtraOptions">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Write access specifier for the ExtraOptions property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>SetExtraOptions</var> is a procedure used as the write access specifier
|
|
for the <var>ExtraOptions</var> property. SetExtraOptions ensures that new
|
|
<var>TDBGridExtraOption</var> values in AValue are properly applied to the
|
|
grid control. This includes repainting the control when check box columns are
|
|
enabled or disabled, and when adding or removing the automatic columns
|
|
option. SetExtraOptions calls <var>UpdateActive</var> when automatic columns
|
|
have been added or removed.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use ExtraOptions to read or write values in the property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SetExtraOptions.AValue">
|
|
<short>New value for the ExtraOptions property.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SetFixedRowsExtra">
|
|
<short>Sets the value for the FixedRowsExtra property.</short>
|
|
<descr/>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.FixedRowsExtra"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SetFixedRowsExtra.AValue">
|
|
<short>New value for the FixedRowsExtra property.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SetOptions">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Sets the values in the Options property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>SetOptions</var> is a procedure used to set the values in the Options
|
|
property. SetOptions is the write access specifier for the Options property.
|
|
SetOptions causes other aspects of the grid control to be updated to reflect
|
|
changes in the property value. ChangedOptions is updated to reflect the
|
|
enumeration values added or removed in the request. Some enumeration values
|
|
force other features or behaviors to be disabled. For instance: row
|
|
selection. Enabling row selection forces the options for editing, always
|
|
displaying the editor, and row highlighting to be removed from the Options
|
|
property. Finally, removing multi-selection from the Options property forces
|
|
the SelectedRows property to be cleared.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
AValue is a TDBGridOptions argument that specifies features or behaviors that
|
|
will be enabled or disabled in the grid control. Please note that these
|
|
options are different than the TGridOption values used in the ancestor class.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
As a result, SetOptions must translate any TDBGridOption values to their
|
|
TGridOption equivalents and store them in the inherited Options property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Options contains the following default values when the control is created:
|
|
</p>
|
|
<ul>
|
|
<li>dgColumnResize</li>
|
|
<li>dgColumnMove</li>
|
|
<li>dgTitles</li>
|
|
<li>dgIndicator</li>
|
|
<li>dgRowLines</li>
|
|
<li>dgColLines</li>
|
|
<li>dgConfirmDelete</li>
|
|
<li>dgCancelOnExit </li>
|
|
<li>dgTabs</li>
|
|
<li>dgEditing</li>
|
|
<li>dgAlwaysShowSelection</li>
|
|
</ul>
|
|
<p>
|
|
See TDBGridOption for more information about values in the enumeration.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SetOptions.AValue">
|
|
<short>New values for the Options property.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SetRowMoved">
|
|
<short>Sets the value for the RowMoved property.</short>
|
|
<descr/>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.RowMoved"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SetRowMoved.AValue">
|
|
<short>New value for the RowMoved property.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SetSelectedIndex">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Write access specifier for the SelectedIndex property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>SetSelectedIndex</var> is a procedure used as the write access specifier
|
|
for the <var>SelectedIndex</var> property. SetSelectedIndex updates the
|
|
ordinal position of the currently selected column to the specified value.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use SelectedIndex to read or write values for the property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SetSelectedIndex.AValue">
|
|
<short>New value for the SelectedIndex property.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.UpdateBufferCount">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Sets the number of records buffered for the linked dataset.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>UpdateBufferCount</var> is a procedure used to set the number of records
|
|
buffered for the linked dataset. UpdateBufferCount requires that DataLink be
|
|
marked as Active to set the buffer count. If DataLink.Active contains
|
|
<b>False</b>, no actions are performed in the method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
UpdateBufferCount calls GetBufferCount to determine the number of rows that
|
|
can be displayed in the control with the DefaultRowHeight. When Options
|
|
includes the value dgTitles, the buffer count is decreased by 1 to account
|
|
for the fixed title row. UpdateBufferCount stores the new value in the
|
|
BufferCount property in DataLink.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
UpdateBufferCount is called from the UpdateGridCounts method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetColumnCount">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the number of visible columns or Fields in the grid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetColumnCount</var> is an Integer function used to get the number of
|
|
visible columns or Fields for the grid control. GetColumnCount uses the
|
|
Columns collection (when its has been Enabled) to get the value in
|
|
VisibleCount. When Columns is not Enabled, and OptionsExtra has
|
|
dgeAutoColumns enabled, the linked dataset is used to determine the number of
|
|
Fields with their Visible flag set. The Dataset cannot be examined if the
|
|
DataLink is not marked as Active.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
GetColumnCount is called from the UpdateGridCounts method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetColumnCount.Result">
|
|
<short>Number of visible Fields or columns in the grid.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DefaultFieldColWidth">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the default column width for the specified Field.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DefaultFieldColWidth</var> is an Integer function used to get the
|
|
default column width for the specified Field. When the specified Field
|
|
contains <b>Nil</b>, the value from DefaultColWidth is used. Otherwise, the
|
|
DisplayWidth property in the TField instance is used to get the
|
|
Canvas.TextWidth for the DisplayName in the Field.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DefaultFieldColWidth.Result">
|
|
<short>Default column width for the field.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DefaultFieldColWidth.F">
|
|
<short>Field to examine in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.UpdateGridColumnSizes">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Updates sizes for automatically sized columns in the grid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>UpdateGridColumnSizes</var> is a procedure used to update the sizes for
|
|
automatically sized columns in the grid control. UpdateGridColumnSizes
|
|
requires DefaultColWidths to be in use for the grid. No actions are performed
|
|
in the method when DefaultColWidths contains <b>False</b>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
UpdateGridColumnSizes also requires the Options property to include the value
|
|
dgAutoSizeColumns which enables the auto-sized columns feature. No actions
|
|
are performed if the feature has not been enable for the grid control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
UpdateGridColumnSizes calls the UpdateAutoSizeColumns method to calculate the
|
|
widths for the auto-sized columns.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.UpdateScrollbarRange">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Updates the scroll bar range, page, and position for a visible vertical
|
|
scroll bar.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr/>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoLayoutChanged">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Update the grid and its scroll bars when its layout has changed.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DoLayoutChanged</var> is a procedure used to update the grid and its
|
|
scroll bars when the layout for the control has changed. No actions are
|
|
performed in the method when the control is freed (contains csDestroying in
|
|
its ComponentState).
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
DoLayoutChanged calls BeginUpdate to signal changes to the control, and
|
|
UpdateGridCounts to determine the number of rows for the update. When
|
|
UpdateGridCounts returns 0, the EmptyGrid method is called to clear the grid
|
|
control. DoLayoutChanged calls EndUpdate to allow pending changes to be
|
|
applied to the control. DoLayoutChanged calls UpdateScrollbarRange to update
|
|
scroll bars (when used) for the control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
DoLayoutChanged is called from the EndLayout method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.RestoreEditor">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Re-enables the editor control after scroll bar messages.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>RestoreEditor</var> is a procedure used to re-enable the editor control
|
|
in the grid after processing scroll bar messages. RestoreEditor is used when
|
|
EditorMode contains <b>True</b>. No actions are performed in the method when
|
|
EditorMode contains <b>False</b>. RestoreEditor toggles the value in
|
|
EditorMode to force the editor to be refreshed and redrawn.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.ISEOF">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates if the linked dataset is positioned at the end-of-file.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>ISEOF</var> is a Boolean function used to indicate if the linked dataset
|
|
is positioned at the end-of-file. ISEOF uses the DataLink for the control to
|
|
access its Active and Dataset properties. DataLink must be Active (contains
|
|
<b>True</b>) to access its Dataset. The return value is <b>True</b> when the
|
|
TDataset.EOF method returns <b>True</b>. The return value is <b>False</b>
|
|
when DataLink is not Active, or TDataset.EOF returns <b>False</b>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
ISEOF is used in the KeyDown and MouseDown methods.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.ISEOF.Result">
|
|
<short>EOF state for the linked dataset.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.ValidDataset">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates the DataLink contains a valid and active Dataset.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
ValidDataSet is a Boolean function used to indicate if the DataLink for the
|
|
control contains a valid and active Dataset. The return value is <b>True</b>
|
|
when DataLink has a Dataset assigned to the property, and it has been marked
|
|
as Active.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
ValidDataSet is used in the implementation of various methods including
|
|
KeyDown, MouseDown, and DoExit.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.ValidDataset.Result">
|
|
<short><b>True</b> when the control points to a valid dataset.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.InsertCancelable">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates if the dataset can cancel an active insert.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
InsertCancelable is a Boolean function that indicates if the dataset for the
|
|
control can cancel an active insert operation. InsertCancelable uses the
|
|
DataSet in DataLink to ensure that the State contains dsInsert. The return
|
|
value is <b>False</b> if DataSet state has any value other than dsInsert.
|
|
InsertCancelable also examines both DataSet and DataLink to see if either of
|
|
their Modified properties has been set. The return value is <b>False</b> when
|
|
either has been modified.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
InsertCancelable is used in the implementation of methods like KeyDown,
|
|
MouseDown, and DoExit.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.InsertCancelable.Result">
|
|
<short><b>True</b> when the insert can be cancelled.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.StartUpdating">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Prepares the grid control for updates to its display area.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>StartUpdating</var> is a procedure used to prepare the grid control for
|
|
updates to its display area. StartUpdating checks the value from UpdatingData
|
|
to see if the procedure has already been called. No actions are performed in
|
|
the method when UpdatingData returns <b>True</b>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
StartUpdating updates the GridStatus property to include the value
|
|
gsUpdatingData. The value in the ControlStyle property is also updated to
|
|
include the value csActionClient. Finally, the LockEditor method is called to
|
|
prevent changes in the editor control while the update is in progress.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
StartUpdating and EndUpdating are used in the implementation of the
|
|
UpdateData method to prevent multiple calls to UpdateData.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.EndUpdating">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Restores the status of the control after updating its display area.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>EndUpdating</var> is a procedure used to restore the status of the
|
|
control after an update to its display area. EndUpdating ensures that the
|
|
value gsUpdatingData is removed from the GridStatus property, and restores
|
|
the value in ControlStyle to its value prior to starting the update; the
|
|
value csActionClient is removed from the property. The UnLockEditor method is
|
|
called to re-enable an editor control in the grid.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
StartUpdating and EndUpdating are used in the implementation of the
|
|
UpdateData method to prevent multiple calls to UpdateData.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.UpdatingData">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates if UpdateData has already been called for the control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
UpdatingData is a Boolean function that indicates if the UpdateData method
|
|
has already been called for the grid control. UpdatingData returns
|
|
<b>True</b> if the GridStatus property contains the value gsUpdatingData. The
|
|
GridStatus value is added in the StartUpdating method. UpdatingData prevents
|
|
multiple calls to UpdateData.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.UpdatingData.Result">
|
|
<short><b>True</b> when UpdateData has been called for the control.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SwapCheckBox">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Toggles the Boolean value for a check box-style cell in the current column.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr></descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.ToggleSelectedRow">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Toggles the bookmark in SelectedRows for the current grid row.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>ToggleSelectedRow</var> is a procedure used add or remove the bookmark
|
|
for the current row in the <var>SelectedRows</var> property.
|
|
ToggleSelectedRow calls the <var>SelectRecord</var> method to toggle the
|
|
value in SelectRows using its <var>CurrentRowSelected</var> property.
|
|
ToggleSelectedRow is used in the <var>KeyDown</var> or <var>MouseDown</var>
|
|
methods when <var><b>Ctrl + Multiply</b> (Num Pad *)</var> or <var><b>Ctrl +
|
|
MBLeft</b></var> are pressed.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SelectRecord">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Changes the selection in the SelectedRows property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>SelectRecord</var> is a procedure used to change the
|
|
SelectedRows.CurrentRowSelected property to the specified value. SelectRecord
|
|
checks the Options property to see if the value dgMultiSelect is included,
|
|
and updates SelectedRows.CurrentRowSelected. No action is performed in the
|
|
method if Options does not include the value dgMultiSelect.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
SelectRecord is used in the implementation of various methods such as:
|
|
KeyDown, MouseDown, ToggleSelectedRow, and ClearSelection.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SelectRecord.AValue">
|
|
<short><b>True</b> when the current record should be selected.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetScrollbarParams">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Adjusts scroll bars using the record count and the visible rows for the
|
|
control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetScrollbarParams</var> is a procedure used to adjust scroll bars using
|
|
the record count for the dataset and the number of visible rows for the
|
|
control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetScrollbarParams.aRange">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Returns the maximum value for the scroll range in scroll bar information.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetScrollbarParams.aPage">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Returns the current page represented by the visible rows in the scroll bar.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetScrollbarParams.aPos">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Returns the current scroll bar position.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.CMGetDataLink">
|
|
<short>Handles a CM_GETDATALINK control message for the grid.</short>
|
|
<descr/>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.CMGetDataLink.Message">
|
|
<short>Control message examined and handled in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.ClearSelection">
|
|
<short>Clears the current multi-selected rows in the grid control.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
If the bookmark list in SelectRows is not empty, its Clear method is called
|
|
to remove all bookmarked rows. No actions are performed in the method under
|
|
the following conditions:
|
|
</p>
|
|
<ul>
|
|
<li>dgPersistentMultiSelect has been included in the Options for the grid
|
|
control.</li>
|
|
<li>dgMultiSelect has <b>not</b> been included in the Options for the grid
|
|
control.</li>
|
|
</ul>
|
|
<p>
|
|
If selCurrent contains <b>True</b>, the current row in the DataSet is
|
|
re-selected by making it the current row selection in SelectedRows.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
ClearSelection is called from the KeyDown method when the next record is made
|
|
without pressing the Shift key to extend the current selection(s).
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.SelectedRows"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.Options"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.KeyDown"/>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridOptions"/>
|
|
<link id="TBookmarkList"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.ClearSelection.selCurrent">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<b>True</b> to re-select the current row after any multi-selections have been
|
|
cleared.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<!-- private -->
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.NeedAutoSizeColumns"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.NeedAutoSizeColumns.Result"/>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.RenewColWidths"/>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.InternalAutoSizeColumn"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.InternalAutoSizeColumn.ACol"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.InternalAutoSizeColumn.ACanvas"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.InternalAutoSizeColumn.ADatalinkActive"/>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoHeaderClick"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoHeaderClick.Index"/>
|
|
|
|
<!-- protected -->
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.AddAutomaticColumns">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Automatically adds a column definition for each Field in the dataset.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>AddAutomaticColumns</var> is a procedure used to automatically add
|
|
column definitions for each Field in the DataSet.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Please note that AddAutomaticColumns can be performed at run-time only; no
|
|
actions are performed in the method at design-time.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
AddAutomaticColumns requires an active dataset to access the Fields that must
|
|
be added to the grid control. No actions are performed if the dataset in
|
|
DataLink has not been assigned or marked as Active.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
AddAutomaticColumns cannot be performed when GridStatus contains either
|
|
gsRemovingAutoColumns or gsLoadingGrid. No actions are performed in the
|
|
method when these values are included in the GridStatus property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
AddAutomaticColumns is enabled by including the value dgeAutoColumns in the
|
|
OptionsExtra property. No actions are performed in the method when the
|
|
feature has not been enabled in the OptionsExtra property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
AddAutomaticColumns uses DataLink to get the Fields for the dataset, and
|
|
checks the Columns collection to see if a column already exists for each
|
|
Field. If the Field is already in the collection, it is skipped to avoid
|
|
duplicate Fields. Missing Fields are added to Columns using its Add method,
|
|
and sets the IsAutomaticColumn and Visible properties to <b>True</b> for
|
|
each. When missing Fields have been added, the ResetColumnsOrder method in
|
|
Columns is called using the coFieldIndexOrder column ordering option.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
AddAutomaticColumns updates the GridStatus property prior to adding columns
|
|
to include the value gsAddingAutoColumns. The value is removed from
|
|
GridStatus when adding columns has completed. This prevents the
|
|
TDBGridColumns.Add method from removing automatic columns while the add
|
|
operation is still active.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
See RemoveAutomaticColumns and OptionsExtra for information about removing
|
|
automatic columns in the Columns collection.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.GridStatus"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.OptionsExtra"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.AssignTo">
|
|
<short>Copies property values to the specified persistent object.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>AssignTo</var> is an overridden method in <var>TCustomDBGrid</var> used
|
|
to copy property values from the class instance to the persistent object
|
|
specified in <var>Dest</var>. It prevents the inherited method from being
|
|
called when Dest is a <var>TCustomDBGrid</var> instance. Otherwise, the
|
|
inherited method is called.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.AssignTo">TCustomGrid.AssignTo</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.AssignTo.Dest">
|
|
<short>Persistent object where the property values are stored.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.AutoAdjustColumn">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Adjust properties in the specified column to display the longest value.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>AutoAdjustColumn</var> is an overridden method in
|
|
<var>TCustomDBGrid</var> used to adjust column properties to accommodate the
|
|
largest value in the specified column. It re-implements the method from the
|
|
ancestor class.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
AutoAdjustColumn uses the column definition, or the field from the linked
|
|
dataset, to determine the column or field size needed for the data displayed
|
|
on the control canvas. A temporary TCanvas instance is created and used to
|
|
measure the text width for the column. The calculated width is stored in the
|
|
inherited ColWidths property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<remark>
|
|
Columns which use the ftMemo field type do not display the content for the
|
|
memo field <b>unless</b> <var>dgDisplayMemoText</var> has been included in
|
|
the <var>Options</var> for the grid control.
|
|
</remark>
|
|
<p>
|
|
AutoAdjustColumn is called from the DblClick method when the values
|
|
goColSizing and goDblClickAutoSize have been included in the Options property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use AutoAdjustColumns to resize all automatically-sized columns in the
|
|
control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.AutoAdjustColumns"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.Columns"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.Options"/>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.AutoAdjustColumn">TCustomGrid.AutoAdjustColumn</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.ColWidths">TCustomGrid.ColWidths</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.AutoAdjustColumn.ACol">
|
|
<short>Column (or field) number affected in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.BeforeMoveSelection">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Performs actions needed before the selected column in the grid is changed.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>BeforeMoveSelection</var> is an overridden method in
|
|
<var>TCustomDbGrid</var> used to perform actions needed before the selected
|
|
column in the grid is changed.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DCol</var> and <var>DRow</var> contain the column and row number for the
|
|
cell selection that will be selected following the selection change.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
BeforeMoveSelection calls the inherited method on entry to signal the
|
|
OnBeforeSelection event handler (when assigned). When DCol is different than
|
|
the value in the Col property, the OnColExit event handler is signalled (when
|
|
assigned). An internal flag is set to indicate that a column enter event is
|
|
pending.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
BeforeMoveSelection is called from the inherited MoveExtend method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.BeforeMoveSelection">TCustomGrid.BeforeMoveSelection</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.BeforeMoveSelection.DCol">
|
|
<short>Destination column for the selection change.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.BeforeMoveSelection.DRow">
|
|
<short>Destination row for the selection change.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.BeginLayout">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>BeginLayout</var> starts producing layout changes for the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>BeginLayout</var> is a procedure which starts producing layout changes
|
|
for the grid control. BeginLayout is used along with EndLayout to minimize
|
|
the number of times layout changed notification events are triggered by the
|
|
control. Layout changes occur when the control enables certain values in its
|
|
Options property, when AutoAdjustColumn is called, and when the Columns
|
|
collection links to Fields in the associated dataset.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
BeginLayout increments the LayoutChangedCount variable that tracks the number
|
|
of times the method is called for the control. <var>EndLayout</var>
|
|
decrements that counter, and when it reaches 0 (zero), the DoLayoutChanged
|
|
method is called.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.CellClick">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>CellClick</var> calls the <var>OnCellClick</var> event handler if it is
|
|
assigned for this particular cell.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>CellClick</var> calls the <var>OnCellClick</var> event handler if it is
|
|
assigned for this particular cell.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.CellClick.aCol">
|
|
<short>Column number for the click notification.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.CellClick.aRow">
|
|
<short>Row number for the click notification.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.CheckDisplayMemo">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates if the field is a Memo that needs to be displayed in the grid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>CheckDisplayMemo</var> is a <var>Boolean</var> function used to
|
|
determine if the specified field is a Memo field that needs to be displayed
|
|
in the grid control. The return value is <b>True</b> when the specified field
|
|
has the value ftMemo in its DataType property, and the Options property
|
|
includes the value dgDisplayMemoText.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
CheckDisplayMemo is called from various methods which measure or render the
|
|
content for the grid, including:
|
|
</p>
|
|
<ul>
|
|
<li>DefaultDrawCell</li>
|
|
<li>DefaultDrawColumnCell</li>
|
|
<li>DrawColumnText</li>
|
|
<li>GetEditText</li>
|
|
<li>GetTruncCellHintText</li>
|
|
<li>EditorCanAcceptKey</li>
|
|
</ul>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.Options"/>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TField.DataType">TField.DataType</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.CheckDisplayMemo.aField">
|
|
<short>Field examined in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.CheckDisplayMemo.Result">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<b>True</b> if the field is a memo field type and the display memo text
|
|
option is enabled.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.InvalidateSizes">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Makes column sizes invalid, recalculates column sizes and refreshes the
|
|
control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>InvalidateSizes</var> is a procedure which causes the grid to
|
|
recalculate column sizes and to repaint its display area. InvalidateSizes
|
|
updates the GridFlags for the control to include the value gfVisualChange.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.ColRowMoved">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Signals event handlers when a row or a column is moved in the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>ColRowMoved</var> is an overridden procedure used to signal event
|
|
handlers when a row or a column is moved in the grid control. When IsColumn
|
|
contains <b>False</b>, the OnRowMoved event handler is signalled (when
|
|
assigned). When IsColumn contains <b>True</b>, the OnColumnMoved event
|
|
handler is signalled (when assigned) if Columns have not been Enabled in the
|
|
grid control. If Columns have been Enabled, the inherited ColRowMoved method
|
|
is called.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.ColRowMoved">TCustomGrid.ColRowMoved</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.ColRowMoved.IsColumn">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<b>True</b> if a column affected in the method. <b>False</b> if a row is
|
|
affected.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.ColRowMoved.FromIndex">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Original ordinal position for the column or row moved in the method.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.ColRowMoved.ToIndex">
|
|
<short>New ordinal position for the column or row moved in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.ColumnEditorStyle">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>ColumnEditorStyle</var> gets the button style for the column being
|
|
edited.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>ColumnEditorStyle</var> is a <var>TColumnButtonStyle</var> function used
|
|
to get the button style for the specified column number or Field in the grid
|
|
control. ColumnEditorStyle assumes the default button style is cbsAuto unless
|
|
overridden by settings in the Columns collection or by the Field definition
|
|
in the dataset.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
ColumnEditorStyle calls ColumnFromGridColumn to get the TColumn instance for
|
|
the specified column number. Its ButtonStyle property is used as the return
|
|
value if Columns has been Enabled. Otherwise, DefaultEditorStyle is called
|
|
for the specified TField to get the return value for the method.
|
|
DefaultEditorStyle will use cbsCheckBoxColumn as the button style when
|
|
dgeCheckboxColumn has been included in the OptionsExtra property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
ColumnEditorStyle is used in the implementation of various methods including:
|
|
CellClick, DefaultDrawCell, DefaultDrawColumnCell, EditorByStyle, KeyDown and
|
|
MouseDown.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.ColumnEditorStyle.Result">
|
|
<short>Button style for the column or Field.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.ColumnEditorStyle.aCol">
|
|
<short>Ordinal position for the column or field.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.ColumnEditorStyle.F">
|
|
<short>TField instance for the specified column number.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.CreateColumns">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Creates the Columns collection for the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>CreateColumns</var> is an overridden <var>TGridColumns</var> function
|
|
used to create the Columns collection for the grid control. In TDBGrid, the
|
|
Columns collection is implemented using the TDBGridColumns class type (a
|
|
descendant of TGridColumns). CreateColumns creates an instance of
|
|
TDBGridColumns which is used as the return value for the method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.CreateColumns">TCustomGrid.CreateColumns</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.CreateColumns.Result">
|
|
<short>Columns collection for the grid control.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.CreateWnd">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>CreateWnd</var> - creates the window adjusts its layout and adds scroll
|
|
bars when needed.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr></descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.controls.TWinControl.CreateWnd">TWinControl.CreateWnd</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DefineProperties">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Re-implements the inherited method to prevent reading or writing unused
|
|
properties.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<remark>
|
|
<var>DefineProperties</var> has an empty implementation and avoids calling
|
|
the inherited DefineProperties method. TCustomGrid defines ColWidths,
|
|
RowHeights and Cells properties which do not use the Columns, Datasource, or
|
|
linked Dataset available in the data-aware grid control. XML configuration
|
|
files are used instead.
|
|
</remark>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid">TCustomGrid</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DefineProperties.Filer">
|
|
<short>Not used in the current implementation.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DefaultDrawCell">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Default method used to drawing a cell at the specified location.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DefaultDrawCell</var> is a procedure that provides the default method
|
|
for drawing a cell at the specified location using different cell types.
|
|
DefaultDrawCell draws the background for the cell with the specified drawing
|
|
state. For a cell which appears in a fixed row or column, the text for the
|
|
cell is also drawn.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
When the DataSet for the grid control has rows, the Field for the specified
|
|
column is retrieved and the cell is drawn using its column editor style. For
|
|
check box columns, the DrawCheckBoxBitmaps is called. For columns with a
|
|
button-style editor, the DrawButtonCell method is used. For Fields with a
|
|
ftMemo data type, the CheckDisplayMemo method is called to determine whether
|
|
the content in the memo or the DisplayText for the column definition is
|
|
drawn. Finally, the DrawCellText method is called to draw the specified cell
|
|
using its state and value.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DefaultDrawCell.aCol">
|
|
<short>Column number for the cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DefaultDrawCell.aRow">
|
|
<short>Row number for the cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DefaultDrawCell.aRect">
|
|
<short>Display rectangle for the specified cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DefaultDrawCell.aState">
|
|
<short>Drawing style for the cell background.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DefaultEditorStyle">
|
|
<short>Gets the default editor style for the specified field.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DefaultEditorStyle</var> is a <var>TColumnButtonStyle</var> function
|
|
used to get the default editor style used for the column with the field
|
|
specified in <var>F</var>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The <var>Style</var> argument indicates the preferred editor style, while the
|
|
return value contains the realized editor style. When F is a boolean field,
|
|
and Style is cbsAuto, the return value is set to cbsCheckBoxColumn when
|
|
dgeCheckboxColumn has been included in the Options for the grid control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
DefaultEditorStyle is used in the implementation of the ColumnEditorStyle and
|
|
TColumn.GetDefaultAlignment methods.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.ColumnEditorStyle"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DefaultEditorStyle.Result">
|
|
<short>Actual editor style for the column using the specified field.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DefaultEditorStyle.Style">
|
|
<short>Preferred editor style for the field.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DefaultEditorStyle.F">
|
|
<short>Dataset field for the editor style.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoCopyToClipboard">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Copies the field value for the current column and row to the clipboard.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DoCopyToClipboard</var> is an overridden method in
|
|
<var>TCustomDBGrid</var> used to copy the field value for the selected column
|
|
and row in the grid to the clipboard. No actions are performed in the method
|
|
when the linked dataset is not active.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
DoCopyToClipboard calls <var>GetFieldFromGridColumn</var> to get the field
|
|
definition for the current column in the grid. If the field is not <b>Nil</b>
|
|
(unassigned), the String value for the field is stored to the global
|
|
<var>Clipboard</var> instance using its <var>AsText</var> method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
DoCopyToClipboard re-implements the method from the ancestor class.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoExit">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>DoExit</var> closes the editor and the datalink for the control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DoExit</var> is an overridden procedure in TCustomDBGrid used to close
|
|
the editor and the datalink for the control. A valid dataset must be assigned
|
|
in the DataLink property and inserts must be cancellable for the dataset. The
|
|
Options property must include the dgCancelOnExit enumeration value for the
|
|
grid. If any of these conditions are not met, no actions are performed in the
|
|
method on either the dataset or the Field editor.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
DoExit calls the inherited method to perform any actions implemented in the
|
|
ancestor class.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.controls.TWinControl.DoExit">TWinControl.DoExit</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoMouseWheelDown">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Handles mouse wheel down events in the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DoMouseWheelDown</var> is an overridden <var>Boolean</var> function used
|
|
to handle mouse wheel down events in the grid control. The return value is
|
|
<b>True</b> when the mouse wheel event has been handled in the method.
|
|
DoMouseWheelDown signals the OnMouseWheelDown event handler when it has been
|
|
assigned to handle the mouse event. If OnMouseWheelDown cannot handle the
|
|
mouse event, and the DataLink is marked as Active, DataLink calls its MoveBy
|
|
method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.controls.TControl.DoMouseWheelDown">TControl.DoMouseWheelDown</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoMouseWheelDown.Result">
|
|
<short><b>True</b> when the mouse event is handled in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoMouseWheelDown.Shift">
|
|
<short>Shift state for the mouse wheel event.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoMouseWheelDown.MousePos">
|
|
<short>Location of the mouse wheel event.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoMouseWheelUp">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Handles a mouse wheel up event in the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DoMouseWheelUp</var> is an overridden <var>Boolean</var> function used
|
|
to handle mouse wheel up events in the grid control. The return value is
|
|
<b>True</b> when the mouse wheel event has been handled in the method.
|
|
DoMouseWheelUp signals the OnMouseWheelUp event handler when it has been
|
|
assigned to handle the mouse event. If OnMouseWheelUp cannot handle the mouse
|
|
event, and the DataLink is marked as Active, DataLink calls its MoveBy method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoMouseWheelUp.Result">
|
|
<short><b>True</b> when the mouse event is handled in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoMouseWheelUp.Shift">
|
|
<short>Shift state for the mouse wheel event.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoMouseWheelUp.MousePos">
|
|
<short>Location of the mouse wheel event.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoOnChangeBounds">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Calls the inherited method and adjusts the size and layout for the control
|
|
when needed.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr></descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.controls.TControl.DoOnChangeBounds">TControl.DoOnChangeBounds</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoPrepareCanvas">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Prepares the canvas and signals the OnPrepareCanvas event handler.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DoPrepareCanvas</var> is an overridden procedure used to prepare the
|
|
Canvas to draw a cell in the grid control. DoPrepareCanvas applies to data
|
|
cells and performs no actions in the method when aRow refers to a fixed row
|
|
in the control. In addition, DoPrepareCanvas applies only when DefaultDrawing
|
|
contains <b>False</b>. No actions are performed in the method when
|
|
DefaultDrawing is enabled.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
DoPrepareCanvas calls GetSelectedState to determine if the Canvas is updated
|
|
with brush and font colors used to draw in the specified state.
|
|
DoPrepareCanvas signals the OnPrepareCanvas event handler (when assigned)
|
|
using the specified column number and drawing state.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.DoPrepareCanvas">TCustomGrid.DoPrepareCanvas</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoPrepareCanvas.aCol">
|
|
<short>Column number for the operation.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoPrepareCanvas.aRow">
|
|
<short>Row number for the operation.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoPrepareCanvas.aState">
|
|
<short>Drawing state for the operation.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoLoadColumn">
|
|
<short>Loads a column definition from an XML configuration file.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DoLoadColumn</var> is an overridden method in <var>TCustomDBGrid</var>
|
|
used to load the <var>TGridColumn</var> definition for the specified column
|
|
from the XML configuration file in <var>aCfg</var>. Values for the
|
|
<var>FieldName</var> and <var>DisplayFormat</var> properties are read from
|
|
the XML file and stored in <var>aColumn</var>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Calls the inherited method to signal the <var>OnLoadColumn</var> event
|
|
handler (when assigned).
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
DoLoadColumn is called from the <var>LoadColumns</var> and
|
|
<var>LoadContent</var> methods in the ancestor class.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoLoadColumn.Sender">
|
|
<short>Object instance with the Grid control.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoLoadColumn.AColumn">
|
|
<short>TGridColumn instance loaded in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoLoadColumn.AColIndex">
|
|
<short>Position in the grid for the column definition.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoLoadColumn.ACfg">
|
|
<short>XML configuration file with the definition for the column.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoLoadColumn.AVersion">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Version number for the XML storage format in the configuration file.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoLoadColumn.APath">
|
|
<short>Path to the XML node with the data for the column.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoSaveColumn">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Saves the specified column definition to the specified XML configuration file.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DoSaveColumn</var> is an overridden method in <var>TCustomDBGrid</var>.
|
|
It ensures that AColumn is cast to the TColumn type used in the Columns
|
|
collection, and the FieldName and DisplayFormat properties for the column are
|
|
written to the XML configuration file. It calls the inherited method to
|
|
signal the OnSaveColumn event handler (when assigned).
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
DoSaveColumn is called from the SaveContent method in the TCustomGrid
|
|
ancestor.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.Columns"/>
|
|
<link id="TColumn.FieldName"/>
|
|
<link id="TColumn.DisplayFormat"/>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.DoSaveColumn">TCustomGrid.DoSaveColumn</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.SaveContent">TCustomGrid.SaveContent</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoSaveColumn.Sender">
|
|
<short>Grid control with the column information stored in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoSaveColumn.AColumn">
|
|
<short>
|
|
TGridColumn instance with the columnn information stored in the method.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoSaveColumn.AColIndex">
|
|
<short>Ordinal position for the column in the Columns collection.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoSaveColumn.ACfg">
|
|
<short>XML configuration file where the column information is stored.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoSaveColumn.AVersion">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Value for the GRIDFILEVERSION constant used in the implementation.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DoSaveColumn.APath">
|
|
<short>
|
|
XPATH-like path where the column information is stored in the XML document.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawAllRows">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Draws all data rows in grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
DrawAllRows is an overridden procedure used to draw all data rows for the
|
|
control. DrawAllRows checks the DataLink property to determine if a DataSet
|
|
is available for the operation. When DataLink is marked as Active, its
|
|
ActiveRecord is used to reposition the DataSet after the drawing operation is
|
|
completed. DrawAllRows calls the inherited method, and restores the position
|
|
of the DataSet prior to exiting from the method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.DrawAllRows">TCustomGrid.DrawAllRows</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawFocusRect">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Draws the current selection in the grid in a focused state.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DrawFocusRect</var> is an overridden procedure used to draw the current
|
|
selection in the grid in a focused state.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The grid control must have focus before the current selection can be drawn.
|
|
In addition the DataLink for the control must refer to an active dataset.
|
|
DrawFocusRect checks the Options property to ensure that
|
|
dgAlwaysShowSelection has been included for the control. Finally
|
|
DefaultDrawing must be enabled to allow drawing of the focus rectangle using
|
|
the rubber band style on the Canvas for the control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
If any of the previous conditions are not met, no actions are performed in
|
|
the method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
DrawFocusRect calls CalcFocusRect to get the bounds for the focus rectangle
|
|
adjusted for optional grid lines. The DrawRubberRect method is called to
|
|
render the focus rectangle with the needed borders using the FocusColor for
|
|
the control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.DrawFocusRect">TCustomGrid.DrawFocusRect</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.CalcFocusRect">TCustomGrid.CalcFocusRect</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.FocusColor">TCustomGrid.FocusColor</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawFocusRect.aCol">
|
|
<short>Column number for the cell drawn with the focus rectangle.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawFocusRect.aRow">
|
|
<short>Row number for the cell drawn with the focus rectangle.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawFocusRect.ARect">
|
|
<short>Rectangle for the focus "rubberband" calculated in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawRow">
|
|
<short>Draws the specified row in the grid control.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DrawRow</var> is an overridden procedure used to draw the specified row
|
|
number in the grid control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
ARow contains the row number to be drawn and refers to an ordinal position
|
|
relative to the FixedRows for the control. When ARows contains a value that
|
|
would be in the FixedRows the state flags that track drawing an active record
|
|
or multi-selection are reset. DrawRow also requires that DataLink refer to an
|
|
active dataset. No actions are performed in the method if these conditions
|
|
are not satisfied.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
DrawRow sets the active record in DataLink for selected rows in the control
|
|
and updates the DrawingActiveRecord and DrawingMultiSelRecord flags as
|
|
needed. The Options property must include the value dgMultiSelect to enable
|
|
drawing of multiple selections in the control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
DrawRow calls the inherited method to perform any actions implemented in the
|
|
ancestor class.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.DrawRow">TCustomGrid.DrawRow</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawCell">
|
|
<short>
|
|
DrawCell renders the specified grid cell using the specified drawing state.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DrawCell</var> is an overridden method in <var>TCustomDBGrid</var>. It
|
|
re-implements the method introduced in the ancestor class, and does <b>not</b>
|
|
call the inherited method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
DrawCell is used to render a cell at the specified coordinates with the
|
|
specified drawing state. It calls PrepareCanvas to update the settings in the
|
|
control Canvas to use the Color, Brush color and style, and Font typeface and
|
|
style properties needed for the control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
DrawCell calls DefaultDrawCell when DefaultDrawing is enabled for the grid
|
|
control. DrawCellBackground is called when DefaultDrawing has not been
|
|
enabled.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The DrawCellGrid method is called to render the separator lines for the grid
|
|
control prior to exit.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawCell.ACol">
|
|
<short>Column number for the cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawCell.ARow">
|
|
<short>Row number for the cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawCell.ARect">
|
|
<short>Rectangle where the cell is drawn.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawCell.AState">
|
|
<short>Drawing state for the cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawCellBackground">
|
|
<short>Draws the background for the cell at the specified coordinates.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DrawCellBackground</var> uses the value in aState and the TitleStyle
|
|
property to determine the drawing method for the cell. Fixed cells using the
|
|
native title style are drawn by calling the DrawThemedCell method. Otherwise,
|
|
the FillRect method in the control Canvas is called to draw the cell
|
|
background.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
DrawCellBackground is called from the DrawCell method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawCellBackground.ACol">
|
|
<short>Column number for the cell drawn in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawCellBackground.ARow">
|
|
<short>Row number for the cell drawn in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawCellBackground.ARect">
|
|
<short>Display rectangle for the specified cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawCellBackground.AState">
|
|
<short>Drawing state for the specified cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawCheckboxBitmaps">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Draws a check box bitmap for the specified Boolean column.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DrawCheckboxBitmaps</var> is a procedure used to draw the check box
|
|
bitmap for the specified column. DrawCheckboxBitmaps draws the check box
|
|
bitmap only when the editor for the column is not visible; otherwise, no
|
|
actions are performed in the method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
DrawCheckboxBitmaps examines the specified Field argument to ensure that it
|
|
uses a Boolean data type. If the Field IsNull, the value cbGrayed is assigned
|
|
to the aState argument. Otherwise, the TField.AsBoolean method is used to
|
|
determine if aState is set to cbChecked or cbUnChecked. For Fields that do
|
|
not use ftBoolean in the data type, the TField.AsString method is used to
|
|
determine if the Field matches the value in TColumn.ValueChecked or
|
|
TColumn.ValueUnChecked.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
DrawCheckboxBitmaps signals the DrawCheckboxBitmaps event handler when it has
|
|
been assigned in the control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
DrawCheckboxBitmaps calls the DrawGridCheckboxBitmaps method to render the
|
|
check box bitmap with the necessary drawing state.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawCheckboxBitmaps.aCol">
|
|
<short>Column number to draw.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawCheckboxBitmaps.aRect">
|
|
<short>Canvas rectangle for the operation.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawCheckboxBitmaps.F">
|
|
<short>Field with data for the column.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawFixedText">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Draws the fixed text at the specified row and column numbers.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DrawFixedText</var> is a procedure used to draw a fixed (or caption)
|
|
cell at the specified row and column numbers. DrawFixedText calls the
|
|
DrawIndicator method for the active record when aCol contains 0 (zero) and
|
|
Options includes the value dgIndicator. Otherwise, the DrawColumnText method
|
|
is called using the arguments passed to the method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
DrawFixedText is used in the implementation for the DefaultDrawCell method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawFixedText.aCol">
|
|
<short>Column number to draw.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawFixedText.aRow">
|
|
<short>Row number to draw.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawFixedText.aRect">
|
|
<short>Canvas rectangle for the drawing operation.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawFixedText.aState">
|
|
<short>Drawing state for the operation.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawColumnText">
|
|
<short>Draws the text for the cell at the specified coordinates.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DrawColumnText</var> is an overridden method in <var>TCustomDBGrid</var>
|
|
used to draw the text for the cell at the position in ACol and ARow.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
If the cell is a fixed column title, the inherited method is called to render
|
|
the image and /or text for the column header.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
For data cells,the field type for the cell is checked. For a Memo field, the
|
|
content in the field is used when dgDisplayMemoText has been included in the
|
|
Options property. Otherwise, the DisplayText for the field is used.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The DrawCellText method is called to render the text value with the drawing
|
|
state in aState.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
DrawColumnText is called from the DrawFixedText and DefaultDrawCell methods.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawColumnText.ACol">
|
|
<short>Column number for the cell drawn in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawColumnText.ARow">
|
|
<short>Row number for the cell drawn in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawColumnText.ARect">
|
|
<short>Display rectangle for the cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawColumnText.AState">
|
|
<short>Grid drawing state for the cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawIndicator">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Draws the row indicator for the grid control with cues for dataset and
|
|
multi-selection state.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DrawIndicator</var> is a method used to draw the row indicator for the
|
|
grid control. The row indicator is a marker which identifies the current row
|
|
selected in the grid control. It may also indicate the current dataset and
|
|
multi-selection states as passed in the Opt and MultiSel arguments.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawIndicator.ACanvas">
|
|
<short>Canvas for the control where the row indicator is drawn.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawIndicator.R">
|
|
<short>Cell rectangle where the row indicator is drawn.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawIndicator.Opt">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Current TDataSetState value representing the state for the dataset.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DrawIndicator.MultiSel">
|
|
<short><b>True</b> if multi-selection is enabled for the grid control.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.EditingColumn">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>EditingColumn</var> sets or resets the column being edited in the
|
|
control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>EditingColumn</var> is a procedure used to set or reset the column being
|
|
edited in the control .
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
aCol indicates the ordinal column number and is stored internally for use in
|
|
other methods of the control. Ok indicates that editing is active when set
|
|
and causes the DataLink to set its Modified flag to <b>True</b>. When Ok
|
|
contains <b>False</b> the internal column number is reset to its default
|
|
value indicating that no column is currently being edited.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
EditingColumn is used in the implementation of other methods in the grid
|
|
control such as UpdateData, EditorCancelEditing, EditorIsReadOnly, and DoExit.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.UpdateData">TCustomDBGrid.UpdateData</link>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.EditorCancelEditing">TCustomDBGrid.EditorCancelEditing</link>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.EditorIsReadOnly">TCustomDBGrid.EditorIsReadOnly</link>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.DoExit">TCustomDBGrid.DoExit</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.EditingColumn.aCol">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Ordinal column number for the column with the active editor control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.EditingColumn.Ok">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<b>True</b> if the column number is invalid and should be reset to the
|
|
uninitialized value (-1).
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.EditorCancelEditing">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>EditorCancelEditing</var> cancels pending changes and disables the
|
|
editor.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>EditorCancelEditing</var> is a procedure used to cancel pending changes
|
|
and to halt the editing process.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
EditorCancelEditing calls the EditingColumn method to disable the editor in
|
|
the currently selected cell for the control. The EditorMode property is
|
|
cleared when set, but is restored if the Options property includes the value
|
|
dgAlwaysShowEditor.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
EditorCancelEditing is used in the implementation of methods like DoOperation
|
|
MoveSel and MouseDown.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.EditorDoGetValue">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>EditorDoGetValue</var> gets the value used in the editor for the control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>EditorDoGetValue</var> is an overridden procedure used to get the value
|
|
used in the editor for the control. EditorDoGetValue calls the inherited
|
|
EditorDoGetValue method. UpdateData is called to retrieve the value for the
|
|
editor from its column in the underlying dataset.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.EditorDoGetValue">TCustomGrid.EditorDoGetValue</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.EditorCanAcceptKey">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>EditorCanAcceptKey</var> determines if the specified character can be
|
|
applied to the Field for the editor.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>EditorCanAcceptKey</var> is an overridden Boolean function which
|
|
determines if the cell editor can accept the character specified in
|
|
<var>ch</var>. EditorCanAcceptKey requires that the linked dataset be active
|
|
to access the SelectedField for the control. The Field cannot be an
|
|
AutoIncrement, Lookup, Calculated, or Blob Field type. The return value is
|
|
<b>False</b> if any of these conditions are not satisfied.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
EditorCanAcceptKey calls the IsValidChar routine to determine if the
|
|
UTF8-encoded value in ch can be applied to the dataset for the control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.EditorCanAcceptKey">TCustomGrid.EditorCanAcceptKey</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.EditorCanAcceptKey.ch">
|
|
<short>Key to examine in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.EditorCanAcceptKey.Result">
|
|
<short><b>True</b> when the character can be applied to the field.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.EditorIsReadOnly">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>EditorIsReadOnly</var> determines if the editor can be enabled for the
|
|
selected cell in the control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>EditorIsReadOnly</var> is a Boolean function used to determine if the
|
|
editor can be enabled for the selected cell in the control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
EditorIsReadOnly calls the inherited method to ensure that requirements from
|
|
the ancestor class are respected. If the ancestor class returns <b>True</b>
|
|
no actions are performed in the method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
EditorIsReadOnly locates the TField used to store data for the selected cell,
|
|
and calls its CanModify method to determine if the Field can be modified.
|
|
Additional logic is applied for lookup Fields; the TField.KeyFields for the
|
|
Field are also examined to determine if any of them are marked as read-only.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
EditorIsReadOnly ensures the dataset in DataLink is in edit mode. The
|
|
GridStatus property is updated to include gsStartEditing prior to changing
|
|
the dataset state, and removed from GridStatus after the dataset state has
|
|
changed.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
EditorIsReadOnly calls the EditingColumn method to synchronize the cell
|
|
editor state to the value returned by the method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.EditorIsReadOnly">TCustomGrid.EditorIsReadOnly</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.EditorIsReadOnly.Result">
|
|
<short><b>True</b> when an editor cannot modify the select cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.EditorTextChanged">
|
|
<short>Applies a changed value from a cell Editor to the grid control.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>EditorTextChanged</var> is an overridden method in
|
|
<var>TCustomDBGrid</var>. It re-implements the method from the ancestor
|
|
class, and does not call the inherited method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
EditorTextChanged is used to apply a cell value which was modified in the
|
|
Editor for the control to the field with the value for the cell. The modified
|
|
value is stored in a temporary buffer by calling SetEditText, and is
|
|
eventually applied to the database field in the UpdateData method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
EditorTextChanged is called from methods in cell editor classes, like
|
|
TStringCellEditor and TPickListCellEditor, when their Change or Select
|
|
methods are executed.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The cell value is not updated when the grid control or the cell Editor has
|
|
its ReadOnly property set to <b>True</b>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
EditorTextChanged calls the EditingColumn method prior to exit to update both
|
|
the column number changed in the grid and the Modified property in the
|
|
DataLink for the control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.EditorIsReadOnly"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.SetEditText"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.EditingColumn"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.UpdateData"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.EditorTextChanged.ACol">
|
|
<short>Column number for the cell value applied in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.EditorTextChanged.ARow">
|
|
<short>Row number for the cell value applied in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.EditorTextChanged.AText">
|
|
<short>Text applied to the specified cell in the grid control.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.EndLayout">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>EndLayout</var> finishes layout changes for the control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>EndLayout</var> is a procedure used along with BeginLayout to minimize
|
|
the number of times layout changed notification events are triggered by the
|
|
control. Layout changes occur when the control enables certain values in its
|
|
Options property when AutoAdjustColumn is called and when the Columns
|
|
collection links to Fields in the associated dataset.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The grid maintains an internal counter that tracks the number of times
|
|
BeginLayout has been called to start a layout change for the control.
|
|
EndLayout decrements that counter, and when it reaches 0 (zero), the
|
|
private DoLayoutChanged method is called; scroll bar information is also
|
|
updated in this method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.BeginLayout"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.LayoutChanged"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.Options"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.AutoAdjustColumn"/>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridColumns.LinkFields"/>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridColumns.Update"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FieldIndexFromGridColumn">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>FieldIndexFromGridColumn</var> returns the index for the database Field
|
|
corresponding to the stated grid column.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>FieldIndexFromGridColumn</var> returns the index for the database Field
|
|
corresponding to the stated grid column.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FieldIndexFromGridColumn.Result">
|
|
<short>Position of the field for the specified column.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FieldIndexFromGridColumn.Column">
|
|
<short>Column to locate in the fields for the control.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FirstGridColumn">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the position for the first column in the grid control after the optional
|
|
row indicator column.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The return value is <b>1</b> when dgIndicator has been included in the
|
|
Options for the grid control. Otherwise, the return value is <b>0</b>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.Options"/>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridOptions"/>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridOption"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FirstGridColumn.Result">
|
|
<short>Ordinal position for the first data column in the grid.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetBufferCount">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the number of rows to buffer in the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetBufferCount</var> is a virtual Integer function used to get the
|
|
number of rows to buffer for display in the grid control. The return value
|
|
contains the number of rows that can be displayed using the DefaultRowHeight
|
|
for the control. The return value is decreased by 1 when column titles are
|
|
enabled in the Options property with the dgTitles enumeration value.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
GetBufferCount is called from the UpdateBufferCount method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetBufferCount.Result">
|
|
<short>Number of data rows visible in the grid control.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetCellHintText">
|
|
<short>Gets the hint text for a data cell in the grid control.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetCellHintText</var> is an overridden method in
|
|
<var>TCustomDBGrid</var>. It re-implements the method from the ancestor class
|
|
to ignore fixed title cells when getting the hint text. The OnGetCellHint
|
|
event handler is signalled (when assigned) to get the cell hint text used in
|
|
the return value.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
GetCellHintText does <b>not</b> call the inherited method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetCellHintText.Result">
|
|
<short>Hint text for the specified cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetCellHintText.ACol">
|
|
<short>Column number for the cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetCellHintText.ARow">
|
|
<short>Row number for the cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetDefaultColumnAlignment">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the default alignment for the column.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetDefaultColumnAlignment</var> is an overridden <var>TAlignment</var>
|
|
function used to get the default alignment for data at the specified column
|
|
number. GetDefaultColumnAlignment gets the TField for the specified column
|
|
when assigned, and uses its Alignment property as the return value for the
|
|
method. The value taLeftJustify is used when a TField cannot be found for the
|
|
specified column number.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetDefaultColumnAlignment.Result">
|
|
<short>Default alignment for the column.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetDefaultColumnAlignment.Column">
|
|
<short>Column number to use from the dataset.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetDefaultColumnWidth">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the default width for the specified column.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetDefaultColumnWidth</var> is an overridden <var>Integer</var> function
|
|
used to get the default width for the specified column number.
|
|
GetDefaultColumnWidth calls the DefaultFieldColWidth method for the specified
|
|
column. The return value is the width of the column calculate using either
|
|
the display name or the display width for the TField in the column.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetDefaultColumnWidth.Result">
|
|
<short>Default width of the column.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetDefaultColumnWidth.Column">
|
|
<short>Column number to use for the calculation.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetDefaultColumnReadOnly">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the default ReadOnlyvalue for the specified column.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetDefaultColumnReadOnly</var> is an overridden <var>Boolean</var>
|
|
function used to get the ReadOnly value for the grid control.
|
|
GetDefaultColumnReadOnly determines the effective read only status for the
|
|
control using the ReadOnly property, as well as the DataLink property and the
|
|
TField used for the specified column.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetDefaultColumnReadOnly.Result">
|
|
<short><b>True</b> when the column cannot be modified.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetDefaultColumnReadOnly.Column">
|
|
<short>Column number to examine.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetDefaultColumnTitle">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the default title displayed for the specified column.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetDefaultColumnTitle</var> is an overridden <var>String</var> function
|
|
used to get the default title displayed for the specified column number.
|
|
GetDefaultColumnTitle gets the TField used for the column (when available)
|
|
and uses its DisplayName as the return value for the method. The return value
|
|
is an empty String ('') when a TField instance is not available for the
|
|
specified column.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetDefaultColumnTitle.Result">
|
|
<short>Default title for the column.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetDefaultColumnTitle.Column">
|
|
<short>Column number to locate in the Fields for the grid control.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetDefaultRowHeight">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Get the default row height for records displayed in the grid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetDefaultRowHeight</var> is an overridden <var>Integer</var> function
|
|
used to get the default row height for records displayed in the grid control.
|
|
GetDefaultRowHeight calls the inherited GetDefaultRowHeight method to get the
|
|
return value for the method. The calculated row height is decreased by 2
|
|
pixels to allow space for borders on the editors overlaid onto the grid
|
|
control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.GetDefaultRowHeight">TCustomGrid.GetDefaultRowHeight</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetDefaultRowHeight.Result">
|
|
<short>Default height for records displayed in the control.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetDsFieldFromGridColumn">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>GetDsFieldFromGridColumn</var> returns the identity of the dataset Field
|
|
corresponding to the nominated grid column.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetDsFieldFromGridColumn</var> returns the identity of the dataset Field
|
|
corresponding to the nominated grid column.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetDsFieldFromGridColumn.Result">
|
|
<short>Field to use for the specified column.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetDsFieldFromGridColumn.Column">
|
|
<short>Column with the field to locate in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetEditMask">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>GetEditMask</var> gets the EditMask for the Field at the specified Row
|
|
and Column.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetEditMask</var> is an overridden <var>String</var> function used to
|
|
get the EditMask for the TField that reads and writes data for specified Row
|
|
and Column.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The linked dataset for the grid control must be active to access the Field
|
|
definition at the specified column number. GetEditMask calls the
|
|
GetFieldFromGridColumn method to get the TField instance with the EditMask
|
|
for the column.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The return value can contain an empty string ('') is the dataset is not
|
|
active, or a Field cannot be located for the specified column, or the
|
|
EditMask has not been assigned in the Field definition.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
GetEditMask signals the OnFieldEditMask event handler when it has been
|
|
assigned for the control. Use OnFieldEditMask to return a user-specified
|
|
value for the EditMask.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.GetEditMask">TCustomGrid.GetEditMask</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetEditMask.Result">
|
|
<short>Edit mask for the specified cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetEditMask.aCol">
|
|
<short>Column in the grid.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetEditMask.aRow">
|
|
<short>Row in the grid.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetEditText">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>GetEditText</var> gets the Text value for the specified Field.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetEditText</var> is an overridden <var>String</var> function used to
|
|
get the Text value for the Field at the specified Row and Column.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
GetEditText requires that the linked dataset for the control be active to
|
|
access its Field definitions. GetEditText calls the GetFieldFromGridColumn
|
|
method to get the TField instance that provides the textual representation of
|
|
the value for the Field. GetEditText calls the CheckDisplayMemo method to
|
|
determine if a Field with the ftMemo data type displays its content or the
|
|
string literal in its Text property <var>'(Memo)'</var>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetEditText.Result">
|
|
<short>Text value displayed for the specified cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetEditText.aCol">
|
|
<short>Column in the grid`</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetEditText.aRow">
|
|
<short>Row in the grid.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetFieldFromGridColumn">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>GetFieldFromGridColumn</var> obtain the Field either from a Db column or
|
|
directly from dataset Fields.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetFieldFromGridColumn</var> obtain the Field either from a Db column or
|
|
directly from dataset Fields.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetFieldFromGridColumn.Result">
|
|
<short>Field for the specified column.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetFieldFromGridColumn.Column">
|
|
<short>Column to locate in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetGridColumnFromField">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>GetGridColumnFromField</var> - gets the corresponding grid column for
|
|
the given Field.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetGridColumnFromField</var> - gets the corresponding grid column for
|
|
the given Field.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetGridColumnFromField.Result">
|
|
<short>Column for the specified field.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetGridColumnFromField.F">
|
|
<short>Field to locate in the grid columns.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetImageForCheckBox">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the bitmap displayed for a check box at the specified location.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetImageForCheckBox</var> is an overridden <var>TBitmap</var> function
|
|
used to get the bitmap displayed for a check box at the specified location in
|
|
the grid control. GetImageForCheckBox calls the inherited GetImageForCheckBox
|
|
method using the passed arguments to get the return value.
|
|
GetImageForCheckBox signals the OnUserCheckboxBitmap event handler when it
|
|
has been assigned in the control to allow overriding the TBitmap used for the
|
|
desired TCheckboxState.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetImageForCheckBox.Result">
|
|
<short>Bitmap to display for the check box column.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetImageForCheckBox.aCol">
|
|
<short>Column number for the cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetImageForCheckBox.aRow">
|
|
<short>Row number for the cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetImageForCheckBox.CheckBoxView">
|
|
<short>Check box state for the column.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetImageForCheckBox.ImageList">
|
|
<short>Images for the check box states.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetImageForCheckBox.ImageIndex">
|
|
<short>Ordinal position for the image.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetImageForCheckBox.Bitmap">
|
|
<short>Bitmap for the check box.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetIsCellSelected">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Determines if the cell at the specified location is currently selected.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetIsCellSelected</var> is an overridden <var>Boolean</var> function
|
|
used to determine if the cell at the specified location is currently
|
|
selected. GetIsCellSelected calls the inherited method to get the return
|
|
value, and also examines the value in DrawingMultiSelRecord. The return value
|
|
is <b>True</b> when the cell is either selected or multi-selected (when
|
|
enabled).
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.GetIsCellSelected">TCustomGrid.GetIsCellSelected</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetIsCellSelected.Result">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<b>True</b> when the specified cell is selected or multi-selected.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetIsCellSelected.aCol">
|
|
<short>Column number to examine.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetIsCellSelected.aRow">
|
|
<short>Row number to examine.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetIsCellTitle">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Determines whether the specified cell is a fixed title cell for the grid
|
|
control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetIsCellTitle</var> is an overridden method in
|
|
<var>TCustomDBGrid</var>. It re-implements the method from the ancestor class
|
|
to ensure that the Columns collection has been enabled for the control, and
|
|
that the specified row number is in the fixed rows for the control. The
|
|
return is <b>False</b> if Columns.Enabled is <b>False</b>, FixedRows contains
|
|
0, or ARow has a value other than 0.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetIsCellTitle.Result">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<b>True</b> if the specified column and row numbers are for a fixed title
|
|
cell in the grid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetIsCellTitle.ACol">
|
|
<short>Column number for the cell examine in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetIsCellTitle.ARow">
|
|
<short>Row number for the cell examine in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetSelectedState">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Determines if a selection is available using the Focus and Options properties
|
|
for the control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetSelectedState</var> is an overridden method in
|
|
<var>TCustomDBGrid</var>, and calls the inherited method on entry to get the
|
|
value used in the IsSelected argument. It extends the inherited method to
|
|
change IsSelected to <b>False</b> if the control is not Focused or
|
|
dgAlwaysShowSelection has not been included in the Options for the grid
|
|
control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
See TCustomGrid.GetSelectedState for the actions performed in the ancestor
|
|
class.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.Options"/>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.GetSelectedState">TCustomGrid.GetSelectedState</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.Focused">TCustomGrid.Focused</link>
|
|
<link id="TGridDrawState">TGridDrawState</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetSelectedState.AState">
|
|
<short>TGridDrawState for the selection in the grid control.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetSelectedState.IsSelected">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Returns <b>True</b> if the grid as focus and active selection in the State
|
|
property.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetSmoothScroll">
|
|
<short>Gets the smooth scroll setting for the horizontal scroll bar.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetSmoothScroll</var> is an overridden method in
|
|
<var>TCustomDBGrid</var>. It determines whether the smooth scroll setting
|
|
(goSmoothScroll) has been included in the Options for the grid control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The return value is always <b>False</b> when the Which argument refers to the
|
|
vertical scroll bar (SB_Vert). If Which contains SB_Horz, the inherited
|
|
method is called to check the Options for the control. The return value is
|
|
<b>True</b> if goSmoothScroll has been included in the Options property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDbGrid.Options"/>
|
|
<link id="TDbGridOptions"/>
|
|
<link id="TDbGridOption"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetSmoothScroll.Result">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<b>True</b> if the option has been enabled for the horizontal scroll bar.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetSmoothScroll.Which">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Integer value which identifies the scroll bar checked for the control setting.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetTruncCellHintText">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the truncated hint text for the specified cell.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetTruncCellHintText</var> is an overridden method in
|
|
<var>TCustomDBGrid</var>. It re-implements the method from the ancestor
|
|
class, and does <b>not</b> call the inherited method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
GetTruncCellHintText is used to get the truncated hint text (shortened with
|
|
an Ellipsis appended) for the cell specified in the ACol and ARow arguments.
|
|
No actions are performed in the method if ARow is one of the FixedRows for
|
|
the grid control; the return value is an empty string ('') in this situation.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
GetTruncCellHintText calls GetFieldFromGridColumn to get the TField instance
|
|
which provides the data for the column in ACol. The DataType for the TField
|
|
instance determines the content stored in the return value. For example:
|
|
</p>
|
|
<dl>
|
|
<dt>ftMemo</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
Uses the field value in the cell hint text when dgDisplayMemoText has been
|
|
included in the Options property.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
<dt>ftBlob</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
Causes the value <b>'(blob)'</b> to be used in the cell hint text.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
</dl>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Other values in DataType cause the DisplayText for the field to be be used as
|
|
the cell hint text.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The OnGetCellHint event handler is signalled (when assigned) if
|
|
CellHintPriority is set to chpTruncOnly. This allows the TColumn instance for
|
|
the cell to be used to override the value for the cell hint text or to
|
|
truncate the value to a specific length.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
GetTruncCellHintText is called from the ShowCellHintWindow method in the
|
|
ancestor class.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetTruncCellHintText.Result">
|
|
<short>Contains the hint text for the cell derived in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetTruncCellHintText.ACol">
|
|
<short>Column number for the cell hint text.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetTruncCellHintText.ARow">
|
|
<short>Row number for the cell hint text.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GridCanModify">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates if the DataLink is active and allows editing in the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GridCanModify</var> indicates if the DataLink is active, and allows
|
|
editing. The return value is <b>True</b> when all of the following conditions
|
|
are satisfied:
|
|
</p>
|
|
<ul>
|
|
<li>DataLink is Active.</li>
|
|
<li>The CanModify property for the Dataset in DataLink is <b>True</b>.</li>
|
|
<li>The ReadOnly property for the DataLink is <b>False</b>.</li>
|
|
<li>The ReadOnly property for the control is set to <b>False</b>.</li>
|
|
<li>dgEditing has been included in the Options for the control.</li>
|
|
</ul>
|
|
<p>
|
|
GridCanModify is called from the KeyDown method, and used in the
|
|
implementation of private methods in the grid control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GridCanModify.Result">
|
|
<short><b>True</b> when the grid can be modified.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetSBVisibility">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Determines the visibility of the horizontal and vertical scroll bars for the
|
|
control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GetSBVisibility</var> is an overridden procedure used to determine the
|
|
visibility of horizontal and vertical scroll bars for the control.
|
|
GetSBVisibility calls the inherited method to use the logic implemented in
|
|
the ancestor class. GetSBVisibility overrides the value used for the vertical
|
|
scroll bar; it is set to <b>True</b> when ScrollBars contains ssVertical or
|
|
ssBoth. ScrollBarAutomatic is called when the vertical scroll bar is not
|
|
visible, and the GetScrollbarParams method is used to update the vertical
|
|
scroll bar settings.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.GetSBVisibility">TCustomGrid.GetSBVisibility</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetSBVisibility.HsbVisible">
|
|
<short>Returns the visibility for the horizontal scroll bar.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetSBVisibility.VsbVisible">
|
|
<short>Returns the visibility for the vertical scroll bar.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetSBRanges" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.GetSBRanges"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetSBRanges.HsbVisible"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetSBRanges.VsbVisible"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetSBRanges.HsbRange"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetSBRanges.VsbRange"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetSBRanges.HsbPage"/>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GetSBRanges.VsbPage"/>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.HeaderClick">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Performs actions needed when a column header is clicked or dragged for the
|
|
grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>HeaderClick</var> is an overridden method in <var>TCustomDBGrid</var>.
|
|
It reimplements the method introduced in TCustomGrid to call the private
|
|
DoHeaderClick method when a column header is clicked (IsColumn is
|
|
<b>True</b>). This causes the OnTitleClick event handler to be signalled
|
|
(when assigned) if a column has been defined for the column number in Index.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
HeaderClick does <b>not</b> call the inherited method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
HeaderClick is called from the inherited MouseUp and DialogChar methods.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.OnTitleClick"/>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.HeaderClick">TCustomGrid.HeaderClick</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.MouseUp">TCustomGrid.MouseUp</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.DialogChar">TCustomGrid.DialogChar</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.HeaderClick.IsColumn">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<b>True</b> if the click notification is for a column. <b>False</b> if the
|
|
notification is for a row.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.HeaderClick.Index">
|
|
<short>Ordinal position in Columns for the column click notification.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.HeaderSized">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Updates Columns in the control when a a header cell is resized.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>HeaderSized</var> is an overridden procedure which updates the Columns
|
|
for the control when a header cell is resized. If IsColumn contains
|
|
<b>False</b> the resize operation was for the height of a header row and no
|
|
action is performed in the method. When IsColumn contains <b>True</b> the
|
|
request applies to the width of the column with the Field at the position
|
|
specified in Index.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
HeaderSized calls the ColumnIndexFromGridColumn method to determine the
|
|
position in the Columns collection for the Field specified in Index. The
|
|
width in Columns is updated with the corresponding value from ColWidths.
|
|
HeaderSized sets the value in DefaultColWidths to <b>False</b> to indicate
|
|
that custom column sizing has been applied to the control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
HeaderSized signals the OnColumnSized event handler when assigned for the
|
|
control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.HeaderSized">TCustomGrid.HeaderSized</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.HeaderSized.IsColumn">
|
|
<short>Sizing applies to a column and not a row.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.HeaderSized.Index">
|
|
<short>Ordinal position for the column.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.IsColumnVisible">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates if the specified column is visible using the column definition or
|
|
its display width.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>IsColumnVisible</var> is a <var>Boolean</var> function which indicates
|
|
if the specified column number is a visible column for the grid control.
|
|
IsColumnVisible uses the Columns collection (when Enabled) to get the
|
|
TColumn instance at the specified position. Its Visible property is used as
|
|
the return value for the method. When Columns is not used in the control,
|
|
the ColWidths property is checked to ensure that the specified column number
|
|
has a positive non-zero width.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.Columns"/>
|
|
<link id="TColumn"/>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TGridColumn">TGridColumn</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.ColWidths">TCustomGrid.ColWidths</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.IsColumnVisible.Result">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<b>True</b> if the specified column number is a visible column for the grid
|
|
control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.IsColumnVisible.ACol">
|
|
<short>Position for the column examined in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.IsValidChar">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>IsValidChar</var> indicates if the specified Field contains the
|
|
specified UTF-8 character.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>IsValidChar</var> is a Boolean function that indicates if the Field
|
|
specified in <var>AField</var> contains the UTF-8 encoded character in
|
|
<var>AChar</var>. No action is required (or performed) when <var>AChar</var>
|
|
contains a single byte character.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Please note that TField does not contain a method which verifies a Unicode
|
|
character. This routine converts a multi-byte Unicode character using
|
|
UTF8ToSys and calls the TField.IsValidChar method to validate.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
IsValidChar returns <b>True</b> when TField.IsValidChar returns the same or
|
|
when AChar contains the <var>BackSpace (Decimal 8)</var> character.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.KeyDown">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>KeyDown</var> handles special keys and signals the <var>OnKeyDown</var>
|
|
event handler.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>KeyDown</var> ensures that keys which affect navigation and editing
|
|
operations are handled in the grid control. KeyDown handles the following
|
|
keys:
|
|
</p>
|
|
<dl>
|
|
<dt>Tab</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
Advances to the next column when dgTabs is included in Options. Otherwise
|
|
exits the control.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
<dt>Shift + Tab</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
Moves to the previous column when dgTabs is included in Options. Otherwise
|
|
exits the control.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
<dt>Return</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
Enables the editor for the cell when dgEditing is included in Options.
|
|
Otherwise advances to the next column.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
<dt>Ctrl + Delete</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
Deletes the selected row when dgDisableDelete has not been included in
|
|
Options. A confirmation dialog is displayed when dgConfirmDelete is included
|
|
in Options.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
<dt>Up</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
Moves to the previous row in the dataset. The currently selected column
|
|
remains the same.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
<dt>Down</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
Moves to the next row in the dataset. The currently selected column remains
|
|
the same. Appends a new row when positioned at the end of the dataset and
|
|
dgDisableInsert has <b>not</b> been included in Options.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
<dt>Shift + Up</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
When dgMultiSelect and dgPersistentMultiSelect have been included in the grid
|
|
Options, SelectedRows is extended to include a bookmark to the preceding row
|
|
in the grid control (when available). If multi-select has not been enabled in
|
|
Options, the current selection in the control is cleared and the new row is
|
|
selected.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
<dt>Shift + Down</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
When dgMultiSelect and dgPersistentMultiSelect have been included in the grid
|
|
Options, SelectedRows is extended to include a bookmark to the next row in
|
|
the grid control (when available). If multi-select has not been enabled in
|
|
Options, the current selection in the control is cleared and the new row is
|
|
selected.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
<dt>Page Up</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
Moves towards the beginning of the dataset by the number of rows specified in
|
|
VisibleRows.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
<dt>Page Down</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
Moves towards the end of the dataset by the number of rows specified in
|
|
VisibleRows.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
<dt>Escape</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
Cancels an active editor for the selected cell. Clears pending modifications
|
|
to the Field for the column.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
<dt>Insert</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
Inserts a new row at the current row position when dgDisableInsert has not
|
|
been included in Options. The actual position for the new row can change if
|
|
the dataset has sorting or ordering capabilities.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
<dt>Home</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
Changes the selected cell to first non-fixed column in the control. An active
|
|
editor is removed.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
<dt>Ctrl + Home</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
Moves to the first row in the dataset. An active editor is removed.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
<dt>End</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
Changes the selected cell to the last visible column in the control. An
|
|
active editor is removed.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
<dt>Ctrl + End</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
Moves to the last row in the dataset. An active editor is removed.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
<dt>Space</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
Toggles the value in a column which uses a check box editor.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
<dt>Ctrl + Multiply (Num Pad *)</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
Toggles the selected state for the current row when dgMultiSelect is included
|
|
in Options.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
</dl>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>KeyDown</var> reads and writes values in GridFlags as needed while
|
|
handling cell editors and performing dataset navigation.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>KeyDown</var> calls the inherited <var>KeyDown</var> method to process
|
|
keys not explicitly handled by the data-aware control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>KeyDown</var> signals the <var>OnKeyDown</var> event handler when it has
|
|
been assigned for the control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.KeyDown.Key">
|
|
<short>Key code examined in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.KeyDown.Shift">
|
|
<short>Shift, Ctrl, or Alt modifier for the key.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.LinkActive">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>LinkActive</var> updates the control after a change to the state of its
|
|
DataLink.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>LinkActive</var> is a procedure which updates the control when the state
|
|
of its DataLink is changing. Value contains <b>False</b> when the dataset for
|
|
the DataLink will be closed. The state change causes updates to other control
|
|
properties like SelectedRows which tracks the selected rows in the linked
|
|
dataset. LinkActive calls RemoveAutomaticColumns to remove automatic columns
|
|
added to the control when the DataLink became active. The LayoutChanged
|
|
method is called to refresh the control after updates to the Columns property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
No actions are performed in the method when Value contains <b>True</b>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.LinkActive.Value">
|
|
<short><b>True</b> when the dataset is open.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.LayoutChanged">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>LayoutChanged</var> links columns to Fields and inserts any required
|
|
automatic columns.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>LayoutChanged</var> is a virtual procedure used to link Columns to the
|
|
Fields which read and write the values used in the control. LayoutChanged
|
|
calls the TDBGridColumns.LinkFields method establish the column-to-field
|
|
association. If Columns have not been explicitly defined, the
|
|
AddAutomaticColumns method is called to add a column for each Field in the
|
|
linked dataset.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
LayoutChanged calls the BeginLayout and EndLayout methods to minimize the
|
|
number of times the OnLayoutChange event is signalled during updates to the
|
|
control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
LayoutChanged performs no actions when ComponentState indicates the control
|
|
is being destroyed (contains csDestroying).
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.Loaded">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Performs layout operations after the control is loaded at run-time.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Loaded</var> performs the notification that signals component streaming
|
|
has been completed at run-time. Loaded calls the LayoutChanged method to
|
|
update the visual appearance of the control. Loaded calls the inherited
|
|
Loaded method
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#rtl.classes.TComponent">TComponent</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.LoadGridOptions">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Loads values for the Options property from the specified XML configuration
|
|
file.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>LoadGridOptions</var> is an overridden method in
|
|
<var>TCustomDBGrid</var>. It re-implements the method introduced in
|
|
TCustomGrid to read and capture the TDbGridOption values used the Options
|
|
property for the class instance. It does <b>not</b> call the inherited method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
LoadGridOptions is called from the LoadContent method in the ancestor class.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.Options"/>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridOptions"/>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridOption"/>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.LoadContent">TCustomGrid.LoadContent</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.LoadGridOptions.cfg">
|
|
<short>XML configuration file loaded in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.LoadGridOptions.Version">
|
|
<short>Version number for the values in the specified file.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.MoveSelection">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>MoveSelection</var> changes the current selection in the control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>MoveSelection</var> causes the current selection in the control to be
|
|
changed. MoveSelection calls the inherited MoveSelection method. If the
|
|
selection change causes a different column to become active, the OnColEnter
|
|
event handler is signalled (when assigned). MoveSelection calls the
|
|
UpdateActive method to ensure that the correct row and/or column are drawn in
|
|
the control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.MoveSelection">TCustomGrid.MoveSelection</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.MouseButtonAllowed">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates whether the specified mouse button can be handled when mouse down
|
|
messages are processed for for the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>MouseButtonAllowed</var> is an overridden method in
|
|
<var>TCustomDBGrid</var> used to determine whether the specified mouse button
|
|
can be handled by the grid control. It re-implements the method from the
|
|
ancestor class, and does not call the inherited method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The return value is <b>True</b> when the DataLink is Active, and Button
|
|
contains mbLeft or dgAnyButtonCanSelect has been included in the Options for
|
|
the control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
MouseButtonAllowed is called when mouse button events are handled in the
|
|
MouseDown method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.DataLink"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.Options"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.MouseDown"/>
|
|
<link id="TComponentDataLink"/>
|
|
<link id="TDbGridOptions"/>
|
|
<link id="TDbGridOption"/>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TDataLink.Active">TDataLink.Active</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.MouseButtonAllowed.Result">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<b>True</b> if the specified mouse button is handled in the class instance.
|
|
<b>False</b> if the mouse button is processed by the ancestor class.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.MouseButtonAllowed.Button">
|
|
<short>Mouse button checked in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.MouseDown">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Handles mouse down messages in the control and signals the
|
|
<var>OnMouseDown</var> event handler.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>MouseDown</var> handles mouse button clicks (when allowed) in the
|
|
control. MouseDown ensures that the specified Button and State are correctly
|
|
applied to the control similar to the processing provided in KeyDown method.
|
|
MouseDown translates screen coordinates into the row and column numbers used
|
|
in the control and performs actions needed for focus selection, editing or
|
|
navigation.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
No actions are performed in the method at design-time, when GridStatus
|
|
contains gsUpdatingData, or when the specified Button is not allowed by the
|
|
grid Options or the linked dataset state.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
If the control is not already focused, SetFocus is called. MouseDown signals
|
|
the OnMouseDown event handler when assigned in the class instance.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<dl>
|
|
<dt>
|
|
Left Mouse Button (or any mouse button when dgAnyButtonCanSelect is in
|
|
Options)
|
|
</dt>
|
|
<dd>Clears the row Selection if already selected in the grid. </dd>
|
|
<dt>Right Mouse Button</dt>
|
|
<dd>Toggles the selected row in the control, or opens the PopupMenu when
|
|
assigned.</dd>
|
|
<dt>Ctrl + Left Mouse Button</dt>
|
|
<dd>Toggles the row in the current SelectedRows.</dd>
|
|
</dl>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.MouseDown.Button">
|
|
<short>Mouse button examined in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.MouseDown.Shift">
|
|
<short>Shift / Ctrl / Alt modifier for the mouse button.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.MouseDown.X">
|
|
<short>Horizontal coordinate for the mouse button click.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.MouseDown.Y">
|
|
<short>Vertical coordinate for the mouse button click.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.MouseMove">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Signals the OnMouseMove event handler for the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>MouseMove</var> is an overridden procedure used to signal the
|
|
<var>OnMouseMove</var> event handler for the grid control. It signals the
|
|
OnMouseMove event handler when <var>GridState</var> contains the value
|
|
<var>gsSelecting</var>, and the Dragging flag has not been set. Otherwise,
|
|
the inherited <var>MouseMove</var> method is called in the method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.controls.TControl.MouseMove">TControl.MouseMove</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.PrepareCanvas">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Prepares the Canvas to render the specified cell with the drawing state in
|
|
aState.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>PrepareCanvas</var> is an overridden method in TCustomDBGrid. It ensures
|
|
that the <var>Canvas</var> is configured to use the drawing state in
|
|
<var>aState</var>. PrepareCanvas calls the inherited PrepareCanvas method,
|
|
and sets the brush color in the Canvas to the value needed for fixed or
|
|
focused / selected columns.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
PrepareCanvas is called from the DrawCell method. It occurs before default
|
|
drawing is performed, and before the OnDrawColumnCell or OnDrawColumnTitle
|
|
event handlers are signalled.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.DrawCell"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.OnDrawColumnCell"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.OnDrawColumnTitle"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.OnDrawColumnTitle"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.OnPrepareCanvas"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.DoPrepareCanvas"/>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.PrepareCanvas">TCustomGrid.PrepareCanvas</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.DoPrepareCanvas">TCustomGrid.DoPrepareCanvas</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.PrepareCanvas.aCol">
|
|
<short>Column number for the cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.PrepareCanvas.aRow">
|
|
<short>Row number for the cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.PrepareCanvas.aState">
|
|
<short>Grid draw state for the cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.PrepareCellHints">
|
|
<short>Sets the active record in the grid to the specified row.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
PrepareCellHints is called from ShowCellHintWindow in the ancestor class, and
|
|
occurs before the various cell hint formats are derived.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.PrepareCellHints.ACol">
|
|
<short>Column number for the cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.PrepareCellHints.ARow">
|
|
<short>Row number for the cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.RemoveAutomaticColumns">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Removes automatic columns added to the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>RemoveAutomaticColumns</var> is a procedure used to remove automatic
|
|
columns added to the grid control in the AddAutomaticColumns method.
|
|
Automatic columns are generated at run-time when the value dgeAutoColumns is
|
|
included in the OptionsExtra property. The feature cannot be enabled at
|
|
design-time. No actions are performed in the method at design-time.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
RemoveAutomaticColumns uses the Columns property to execute its
|
|
RemoveAutoColumns method which removes the automatic columns in the
|
|
collection.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
RemoveAutomaticColumns is used in the implementation of the LinkActive and
|
|
the SetExtraOptions methods.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use the OptionsExtra property to control adding and removing automatic
|
|
columns at run-time.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SaveGridOptions">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Saves values in the Options property to the specified XML configuration file.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>SaveGridOptions</var> is an overridden method in
|
|
<var>TCustomDBGrid</var>. It re-implements the method from the ancestor class
|
|
and does <b>not</b> call the inherited method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
SaveGridOptions is used to store the values for settings in the Options
|
|
property to the XML configuration file in Cfg. SaveGridOptions is called from
|
|
the SaveContent method in the ancestor class.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
See LoadGridOptions and LoadContent for the actions performed to restore the
|
|
saved Option values.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.Options"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.LoadGridOptions"/>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.SaveContent">TCustomGrid.SaveContent</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.LoadContent">TCustomGrid.LoadContent</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SaveGridOptions.Cfg">
|
|
<short>XML configuration file where the values are stored.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SelectEditor">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the editor used for the SelectedField in the control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>SelectEditor</var> is a procedure used to get the editor used for the
|
|
SelectedField in the control. SelectEditor requires an active dataset in
|
|
DataLink to access properties and methods in SelectedField. SelectEditor uses
|
|
SelectedField to get the maximum length of the Field in the dataset and
|
|
stores the value in the Editor for the control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
SelectEditor calls the Inherited SelectEditor method to initialize the class
|
|
used in the Editor property. SelectEditor signals the OnSelectEditor event
|
|
handler (when assigned) to get a custom value for the Editor property. Please
|
|
note that Editor is set to <b>Nil</b> if the OnSelectEditor event handler is
|
|
not assigned for the control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.SelectEditor">TCustomGrid.SelectEditor</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SetEditText">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Sets the textual value for the editor in the specified cell.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
SetEditText sets the textual value for the editor in the specified cell.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.SetEditText">TCustomGrid.SetEditText</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SetEditText.ACol">
|
|
<short>Column number for the cell updated in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SetEditText.ARow">
|
|
<short>Row number for the cell updated in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SetEditText.Value">
|
|
<short>New value for the cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SetFixedCols">
|
|
<short>Sets the value for the FixedCols property.</short>
|
|
<descr/>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SetFixedCols.AValue">
|
|
<short>New value for the FixedCols property.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.UnprepareCellHints">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Restores the record that was active when PrepareCellHints was called.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr/>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.UpdateActive">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>UpdateActive</var> redraws the control when the active row in the
|
|
dataset is changed.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>UpdateActive</var> causes the control to be redrawn when the active row
|
|
in the linked dataset is changed. UpdateActive requires an active dataset in
|
|
DataLink with a selected record. No actions are performed in the method when
|
|
the dataset is closed or contains no rows. UpdateActive calls InvalidateCell
|
|
when the selected row in the control has changed. InvaidateRow is called to
|
|
update the selected row in the control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.UpdateAutoSizeColumns">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Calculates the width for auto-sized columns and refreshes the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>UpdateAutoSizeColumns</var> is a method used to auto-size columns in the
|
|
grid and redraw the control. No actions are performed in the method if
|
|
gsAutoSized is already present in the GridStatus property. This occurs when
|
|
UpdateAutoSizeColumns has already been called, and the columns have already
|
|
been resized.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
UpdateAutoSizeColumns visits each of the non-fixed Columns on the grid
|
|
control. It uses both the TField and TGridColumn definitions for each column
|
|
to determine its size. The TGridColumn instance in Columns provides the title
|
|
and font used to measure the column header. The TField instance in the column
|
|
definition provides the value for the field and its storage size when the
|
|
data link is active for the control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
A temporary TCanvas instance is used to calculate the width for the text
|
|
displayed in each of the columns.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
UpdateAutoSizeColumns includes the value gsAutoSized in the GridStatus
|
|
property when the resizing operation has been completed. The control is
|
|
refreshed prior to exiting from the method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.GridStatus"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.Columns"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.DataLink"/>
|
|
<link id="TGridColumn"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.UpdateData">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>UpdateData</var> is used to perform pending updates for the selected
|
|
cell.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>UpdateData</var> is a virtual procedure used to perform pending updates
|
|
for the selected cell to its Field in the grid DataSet. No action is
|
|
performed if the selected cell has not been modified (or cannot be modified)
|
|
or the DataSet is not in edit mode.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
UpdateData ensures that the appropriate method is used to update Field data
|
|
based on the TField.FieldKind for the modified column. Special handling is
|
|
provided for lookup Fields to check the cached lookup list or to retrieve the
|
|
lookup result using its key Fields.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
UpdateData calls the EditingColumn method to disable the editing flag for the
|
|
column prior to exit.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.UpdateGridCounts">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the total number of visible columns or fields for the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>UpdateGridCounts</var> is an Integer function which gets the total
|
|
number of visible columns (or fields) in the grid control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
UpdateGridCounts calls GetColumnCount to get the number of entries in the
|
|
Columns collection. When Columns have been defined, and DataLink is Active,
|
|
the RecCount and RowCount variables are updated. If Columns is not used, the
|
|
fields in the linked dataset or checked for the number of visible TField
|
|
entries.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The UpdateGridColumnSizes method is used to adjust the sizes for the columns.
|
|
If the linked dataset is Active, and a Row is Selected, the
|
|
AdjustEditorBounds method is called.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.UpdateGridCounts.Result">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Number of visible columns or fields defined for the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.WMVScroll">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Handles the LM_VScroll message for the control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>WMVScroll</var> is a method used to handle a LM_VScroll message for the
|
|
control. It ensures that the dataset for control is repositioned for the
|
|
window message. No actions are performed in the method if the DataLink for
|
|
the control is not active.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
WMVScroll checks the ScrollCode member in Message to determine the actions
|
|
performed in the method. The following scroll code values are handled:
|
|
</p>
|
|
<dl>
|
|
<dt>SB_TOP</dt>
|
|
<dd>Moves the dataset in DataLink to the first row.</dd>
|
|
<dt>SB_BOTTOM</dt>
|
|
<dd>Moves the dataset in DataLink to the last row.</dd>
|
|
<dt>SB_PAGEUP</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
Moves the dataset in DataLink towards the beginning of the file.
|
|
VisibleRowCount contains the number of rows.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
<dt>SB_LINEUP</dt>
|
|
<dd>Moves the dataset in DataLink towards the beginning of the file by one
|
|
row.</dd>
|
|
<dt>SB_LINEDOWN</dt>
|
|
<dd>Moves the dataset in DataLink towards the end of the file by one row.</dd>
|
|
<dt>SB_PAGEDOWN</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
Moves the dataset in DataLink towards the end of the file. VisibleRowCount
|
|
contains the number of rows.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
<dt>SB_THUMBPOSITION</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
Repositions the dataset in DataLink when the thumb bar position for the
|
|
control has been changed.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
<dt>SB_THUMBTRACK</dt>
|
|
<dd>
|
|
Repositions the dataset in DataLink when thumb bar tracking has been enabled
|
|
in the Options for the control. No actions are performed if the dataset is
|
|
not sequenced, the message has already been handled for the SB_THUMBPOSITION
|
|
scroll message, or thumb bar tracking has not been enabled in options.
|
|
</dd>
|
|
</dl>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Other scroll code values in Message are ignored.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
WMVScroll calls ScrollBarPosition to update the position for the vertical
|
|
scroll bar on the control. If EditorMode is enabled, the private
|
|
RestoreEditor method is called to toggle the value in EditorMode and
|
|
redraw the editor control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.DataLink"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.WndProc"/>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.WMVScroll">TCustomGrid.WMVScroll</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.ScrollBarPosition">TCustomGrid.ScrollBarPosition</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.EditorMode">TCustomGrid.EditorMode</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.WndProc">TCustomGrid.WndProc</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.WMVScroll.Message">
|
|
<short>Window message examined and handled in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.WndProc">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Extends the message processing loop for the database grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>WndProc</var> is an overridden method in <var>TCustomDBGrid</var>. It
|
|
ensures that LM_SETFOCUS messages are handled properly when gsUpdatingData
|
|
has been included in the GridStatus property. This includes using the LCL
|
|
interface to give focus to the active Editor control, and selecting its
|
|
content.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
WndProc calls the inherited method prior to exit.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.GridStatus"/>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.EditorMode">TCustomGrid.EditorMode</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.Editor">TCustomGrid.Editor</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.WndProc">TCustomGrid.WndProc</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.WndProc.TheMessage">
|
|
<short>Window message examined and handled in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.Columns">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Columns provides access to columns defined for the database grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Columns</var> is a <var>TDBGridColumns</var> property that provides
|
|
access to columns defined for the database grid control. Columns reimplements
|
|
the property defined in the ancestor class. The items in the collection are
|
|
represented as TColumn instances which are derived from TGridColumn. The
|
|
TColumn instances include additional properties and methods which identify
|
|
the field name, TField instance, and display format for the column. The
|
|
properties defined in TGridColumn are also available.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
TColumn instances in Columns can be explicitly created in the IDE at
|
|
design-time, or automatically added when the OptionsExtra property includes
|
|
the value dgeAutoColumns.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use of the Columns property is not required. When left empty, the fields
|
|
displayed on the grid and their attributes are retrieved directly from the
|
|
linked dataset in DataLink. When columns are not used, properties like
|
|
FirstColumn, LastColumn, and SelectColumn always contain <b>Nil</b>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.OptionsExtra"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.DataLink"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.DataSource"/>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridColumns"/>
|
|
<link id="TColumn"/>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TGridColumn">TGridColumn</link>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TField">TField</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.FixedRowsExtra">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Reserves additional rows in the fixed header area for the control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>FixedRowsExtra</var> is an <var>Integer</var> property which indicates
|
|
the number of additional rows reserved at the bottom of the fixed header rows
|
|
in the database grid control. The default value for the property is <b>0</b>,
|
|
and reserves <b>NO</b> additional rows.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Changing the value for the property causes the LayoutChanged method to be
|
|
called. This may affect the linked data fields for the control and / or the
|
|
automatic columns displayed on the grid control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
FixedRowsExtra is used in the UpdateGridCounts method when dgTitles has been
|
|
included in the Options for the control, and causes the specified number of
|
|
rows to be added after the column headers row and before the data cells in
|
|
the grid.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDbGrid.LayoutChanged"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDbGrid.UpdateGridCounts"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.GridStatus">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Stores status information about operations active for the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>GridStatus</var> is a TDBGridStatus property which stores status
|
|
information for the grid control. GridStatus is a set type that can contain 0
|
|
(zero) or more values from the TDbGridStatusItem enumeration, and indicate
|
|
operations occurring in the control at run-time. Values in GridStatus are
|
|
added and removed in several methods for the grid control to prevent
|
|
duplicate calls the method while the operation is active.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
See TDbGridStatusItem for more information about the values in the
|
|
enumeration and their meanings.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TDbGridStatus"/>
|
|
<link id="TDbGridStatusItem"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.Datalink">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Datalink for the component with event handlers for the linked dataset.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Datalink</var> is a read-only <var>TComponentDataLink</var> property
|
|
which provides access to the linked data source and dataset for the grid. It
|
|
contains event handlers signalled when the actions occur for the data source
|
|
or dataset. It allows access to the values for the DataSource and DataSet
|
|
properties for the control, as well as the Columns defined for the control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
DataLink is created and configured in the Create constructor; event handlers
|
|
for the grid control are assigned to the corresponding event handlers in
|
|
DataLink.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TComponentDataLink"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.Options">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Contains the optional features or behaviors that are enabled for the grid
|
|
control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Options</var> is a <var>TDBGridOptions</var> property that specifies
|
|
features or behaviors that can be enabled or disabled by values stored in the
|
|
property. Please note that these options are different than the TGridOption
|
|
values used in the ancestor class. Options can contain zero (0) or more
|
|
values from the TDBGridOption enumeration.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Options contains the following default values when the control is created:
|
|
</p>
|
|
<ul>
|
|
<li>dgColumnResize</li>
|
|
<li>dgColumnMove</li>
|
|
<li>dgTitles</li>
|
|
<li>dgIndicator</li>
|
|
<li>dgRowLines</li>
|
|
<li>dgColLines</li>
|
|
<li>dgConfirmDelete</li>
|
|
<li>dgCancelOnExit </li>
|
|
<li>dgTabs</li>
|
|
<li>dgEditing</li>
|
|
<li>dgAlwaysShowSelection</li>
|
|
</ul>
|
|
<p>
|
|
One value commonly included in Options is dgDisplayMemoText. This allows memo
|
|
fields (those using the ftMemo data type) to display their actual content
|
|
instead of the '(Memo)' string literal.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
See TDBGridOption for more information about values in the enumeration and
|
|
their meanings.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Changing value(s) in Options may cause other values in the set to be removed.
|
|
For instance: row selection. Enabling row selection forces the options for
|
|
editing, always displaying the editor, and row highlighting to be removed from
|
|
the Options property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
New values assigned to the property may cause other aspects of the grid
|
|
control to be updated to reflect the change(s). For example, removing
|
|
multi-selection from the Options property forces the SelectedRows property to
|
|
be cleared.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The TDBGridOption values stored in Options are different than the TGridOption
|
|
values used in the ancestor class. As a result, SetOptions (the write access
|
|
specifier) must translate any TDBGridOption values to their TGridOption
|
|
equivalents and store them in the inherited Options property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridOptions"/>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridOption"/>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TGridOptions">TGridOptions</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TGridOption">TGridOption</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TGridOptions2">TGridOptions2</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OptionsExtra">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Contains the extra options enabled for the database grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OptionsExtra</var> is a <var>TDBGridExtraOptions</var> property used to
|
|
store extra options enabled for the grid control. OptionsExtra is a set type
|
|
which can contain 0 (zero) or more values from the TDBGridExtraOption
|
|
enumeration. The default values in the property include dgeAutoColumns and
|
|
dgeCheckboxColumn. These values enable the use of automatic columns definitions
|
|
from the linked dataset and displaying check boxes in columns with
|
|
<b>Boolean</b> values.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Changing the values in the OptionsExtra property causes the grid control to be
|
|
updated to reflect the values added to or removed from the set. Adding or
|
|
removing dgeCheckboxColumn causes the control to be redrawn. Adding or removing
|
|
dgeAutoColumns causes automatic columns to be added to or removed from the grid
|
|
as needed. See
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.AddAutomaticColumns">AddAutomaticColumns</link> and
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.RemoveAutomaticColumns">RemoveAutomaticColumns</link>
|
|
for more information. The active cell and/or row is updated prior to exit by
|
|
calling UpdateActive.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use the Options and Options2 properties to control other features and behaviors
|
|
enabled for the grid control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.AddAutomaticColumns"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.RemoveAutomaticColumns"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.UpdateActive"/>
|
|
<link id="TDBGrid.Columns"/>
|
|
<link id="TDBGrid.Options"/>
|
|
<link id="TDBGrid.Options2"/>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridExtraOption"/>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridExtraOptions"/>
|
|
<link id="TColumn"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.ReadOnly">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Indicates if modifications are allowed in the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>ReadOnly</var> is a <var>Boolean</var> property that indicates if
|
|
modifications are allowed in the grid control. Please note that ReadOnly
|
|
applies to the visual grid control only. It does not take into account
|
|
whether Fields in Columns or the DataSet in DataSource allow modifications.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SelectedRows">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>SelectedRows</var> are the recorded rows in a bookmark list.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>SelectedRows</var> is a read-only <var>TBookmarkList</var> property used
|
|
to store TBookmark instance for one or more rows selected in the grid
|
|
control. SelectedRows will normally contain a single TBookmark entry in its
|
|
Items property for a selected row. However, multiples entry can exist when
|
|
multi-selection is enabled by including the value dgMultiSelect in the
|
|
Options property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
SelectedRows is updated when methods which perform record navigation call the
|
|
DrawRow, SelectRecord or ToggleSelectedRow methods.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnCellClick">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Event handler signalled for a mouse click in a grid column.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnCellClick</var> is a <var>TDBGridClickEvent</var> property that
|
|
contains the event handler signalled when a mouse button is clicked in a cell
|
|
for the grid control. Assign a procedure to the OnCellClick property to
|
|
respond to mouse click messages in a column for the grid control. The column
|
|
number for the clicked cell is passed as an argument to the handler routine.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
OnCellClick is signalled from the CellClick method, and occurs for Left mouse
|
|
button clicks only.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.CellClick"/>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridClickEvent"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnColEnter">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Event handler signalled when the mouse enters a column.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnColEnter</var> is a <var>TNotifyEvent</var> property that implements
|
|
the event handler signalled when the mouse enters a column for the grid
|
|
control. OnColEnter is also signalled when the grid control gains focus.
|
|
Assign a procedure to the property to allow responding to the notification
|
|
event.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
OnColEnter is triggered from the <var>MoveSelection</var> method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnColExit">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Event handler signalled when the mouse exits a column.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnColExit</var> is a <var>TNotifyEvent</var> property that implements
|
|
the event handler signalled when the mouse exits a column in the grid
|
|
control. OnColExit is also signalled when the grid control loses focus.
|
|
Assign a procedure to the property to allow responding to the notification
|
|
event.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
OnColExit is triggered from the <var>BeforeMoveSelection</var> method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnColumnMoved">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Event handler signalled when the order of a column is changed.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnColumnMoved</var> is a <var>TMovedEvent</var> property that implements
|
|
an event handler signalled when the order of a column in the grid control is
|
|
changed. Assign a procedure to the event handler to respond to the event
|
|
notification. OnColumnMoved is triggered from the <var>ColRowMoved</var>
|
|
method after the new column ordering has been applied.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use <var>OnRowMoved</var> to responding to row ordering notification events.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnColumnSized">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Event handler signalled when a grid column has been resized.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnColumnSized</var> is a TNotifyEvent property that implements the event
|
|
handler signalled when a column has been resized. OnColumnSized allows the
|
|
application to perform actions required after the column has been resized.
|
|
Assign a procedure to the event handler to respond to the event notification.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
OnColumnSized is triggered from the HeaderSized method when a change to a
|
|
column width was requested.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnDrawColumnCell">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Event handler signalled when a cell needs to be drawn.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnDrawColumnCell</var> is a <var>TDrawColumnCellEvent</var> property
|
|
that implements the event handler signalled when a cell in the control needs
|
|
to be drawn. Assign a procedure to the event handler to perform drawing
|
|
needed for the cell using the arguments to the routine.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
OnDrawColumnCell is triggered from the <var>DrawCell</var> method after the
|
|
Canvas is prepared and any fixed cell or DefaultDrawing is performed. Please
|
|
note that OnDrawColumnCell is not performed at design-time, or for fixed rows
|
|
in the grid control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TDrawColumnCellEvent">TDrawColumnCellEvent</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnDrawColumnTitle">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Event handler signalled when a cell title needs to be drawn.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnDrawColumnTitle</var> is a <var>TDrawColumnCellEvent</var> property
|
|
that implements the event handler signalled when a cell title in the control
|
|
needs to be drawn. Assign a procedure to the event handler to perform drawing
|
|
needed for the cell title using the arguments to the routine.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TDrawColumnCellEvent">TDrawColumnCellEvent</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnFieldEditMask">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Event handler signalled to get the edit mask for a Field.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnFieldEditMask</var> is a <var>TGetDbEditMaskEvent</var> property that
|
|
implements the event handler signalled to get the edit mask used for a Field
|
|
in the grid control. OnFieldEditMask allows overriding the edit mask assigned
|
|
to a Field in the Columns property, or assigning an edit mask for Fields that
|
|
do not already have one. Assign a procedure to the event handler to respond
|
|
to the event notification.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
OnFieldEditMask is triggered from the <var>GetEditMask</var> method when the
|
|
DataSet in DataLink is active.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnGetCellHint">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Event handler signalled to get the hint text for a cell in the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnGetCellHint</var> is a <var>TDbGridCellHintEvent</var> property with
|
|
the event handler signalled to get the hint text displayed for a cell on the
|
|
grid control. Arguments passed to the event handler identify the grid
|
|
control, the TColumn instance which contains the data for the cell, and
|
|
variable parameter with the hint text derived in the handler routine. An
|
|
application must implement and assign a handler routine to the property to
|
|
respond to the event notification.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
OnGetCellHint is signalled from the GetCellHintText method. It allows a
|
|
custom value to be provided as the hint text for a cell and can be based on
|
|
the column definition or the field accessed in the linked dataset.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<remark>
|
|
OnGetCellHint is not signalled for cells which are located in the FixedRows
|
|
for the grid control.
|
|
</remark>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TDbGridCellHintEvent"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnPrepareCanvas">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Event handler signalled to prepare the grid canvas for drawing a cell.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnPrepareCanvas</var> is a <var>TPrepareDbGridCanvasEvent</var> property
|
|
that implements the event handler signalled to prepare the Canvas for drawing
|
|
a cell in the grid. OnPrepareCanvas allows the application to provide custom
|
|
settings in the Canvas for the Grid control. The <var>Sender</var> argument
|
|
is the grid control, and can be used to access the Canvas or other properties
|
|
in the component. Assign a procedure to the event handler to respond to the
|
|
event notification.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
OnPrepareCanvas is signalled from the DoPrepareCanvas method, and occurs when
|
|
the row is not one of the FixedRows for the grid control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.DoPrepareCanvas"/>
|
|
<link id="TPrepareDbGridCanvasEvent"/>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.FixedRows">TCustomGrid.FixedRows</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnSelectEditor">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Event handler signalled when the editor is selected for a Field in the grid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnSelectEditor</var> is a TDbGridSelEditorEvent property that implements
|
|
the event handler signalled when an editor control is selected for the
|
|
current Field in the grid. OnSelectEditor is used to modify or override the
|
|
editor control for SelectedField in the grid control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
OnSelectEditor is signalled in the SelectEditor method after the default
|
|
editor control has be chosen and its maximum length has been set. Assign a
|
|
procedure to the event handler which modifies or assigns the control in the
|
|
Editor argument.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnTitleClick">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Event handler for mouse clicks on a Title cell.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnTitleClick</var> is a <var>TDBGridClickEvent</var> property that
|
|
implements the event handler signalled when a mouse click occurs in the fixed
|
|
title cell for a column. Use OnTitleClick to perform actions required when
|
|
the title cell for a column is clicked. Assign a procedure to the event
|
|
handler to respond to the event notification.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
OnTitleClick is triggered from the <var>DoHeaderClick</var> method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnUserCheckboxBitmap">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Event handler signalled to get the image used for a check box entry on the
|
|
grid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnUserCheckboxBitmap</var> is a property that implements the
|
|
<var>TDBGridCheckboxBitmapEvent</var> event handler signalled to get the
|
|
image used for a check box entry on the grid. OnUserCheckboxBitmap allows the
|
|
application to override the TBitmap provided by the GetImageForCheckBox
|
|
method. Assign a procedure to the event handler that implements the
|
|
TDBGridCheckboxBitmapEvent interface to enable the event handler.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The user is encouraged to provide bitmaps to represent the three states for
|
|
database grid check boxes: <var>gcbpUnChecked</var>, <var>gcbpChecked</var>
|
|
and
|
|
<var>gcbpGrayed</var>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnUserCheckboxState">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Event handler signalled to get a user-specified value for a check box editor
|
|
on the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnUserCheckboxState</var> is a <var>TDbGridCheckboxStateEvent</var>
|
|
property with the event handler signalled to get the checked state for a
|
|
check box cell on the grid control. Arguments to the handler include the grid
|
|
control and the TCheckboxState value which can be updated in the routine.
|
|
Implement and assign a handler routine to the property to respond to the
|
|
event notification.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
OnUserCheckboxState is signalled (when assigned) from the DrawCheckboxBitmaps
|
|
method. It occurs after the initial value has been assigned for the AState
|
|
argument. It occurs before DrawGridCheckboxBitmaps is called to draw the
|
|
check box using the value in AState.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.DrawCheckboxBitmaps"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.DefaultDrawCell"/>
|
|
<link id="TDbGridCheckboxStateEvent"/>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.stdctrls.TCheckboxState">TCheckboxState</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.OnRowMoved">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Event handler signalled when a row is moved on the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnRowMoved</var> is a <var>TMovedEvent</var> property with the event
|
|
handler signalled when a row is moved on the grid control. An application can
|
|
implement and assign a handler routine to perform actions needed when a row
|
|
is moved on the control. Arguments to the routine include the grid control,
|
|
and the index positions for the relocated row and its new position when the
|
|
move was completed.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
When a routine is assigned to the property, the value goRowMoving is included
|
|
in the Options property. If Nil is assigned to the property, goRowMoving is
|
|
removed from the Options property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
OnRowMoved is signalled from the ColRowMoved method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use OnColumnMoved to perform actions needed when a column is moved on the
|
|
grid control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.Options"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.ColRowMoved"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.OnColumnMoved"/>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridOptions"/>
|
|
<link id="TDBGridOption"/>
|
|
<link id="TMovedEvent"/>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.Create">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Constructor for the class instance.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Create</var> is the constructor for the <var>TCustomDBGrid</var>
|
|
instance. Create calls the inherited <var>Create</var> method, and allocates
|
|
resources for properties in the class instance. Create sets the default event
|
|
handlers used in DataLink to the corresponding procedures in the class:
|
|
</p>
|
|
<ul>
|
|
<li>OnDataSetChanged</li>
|
|
<li>OnDataSetClose</li>
|
|
<li>OnDataSetOpen</li>
|
|
<li>OnDataSetScrolled</li>
|
|
<li>OnEditingChanged</li>
|
|
<li>OnFocusControl</li>
|
|
<li>OnInvalidDataset</li>
|
|
<li>OnInvalidDataSource</li>
|
|
<li>OnLayoutChanged</li>
|
|
<li>OnRecordChanged</li>
|
|
<li>OnUpdateData</li>
|
|
</ul>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Create calls RenewColWidths to set columns to their default widths and to
|
|
disable column auto-sizing.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Create sets the values in the Options property to establish the baseline
|
|
features and behavior enabled for the grid control, including:
|
|
</p>
|
|
<ul>
|
|
<li>dgColumnResize</li>
|
|
<li>dgColumnMove</li>
|
|
<li>dgTitles</li>
|
|
<li>dgIndicator</li>
|
|
<li>dgRowLines</li>
|
|
<li>dgColLines</li>
|
|
<li>dgConfirmDelete</li>
|
|
<li>dgCancelOnExit</li>
|
|
<li>dgTabs</li>
|
|
<li>dgEditing</li>
|
|
<li>dgAlwaysShowSelection</li>
|
|
</ul>
|
|
<p>
|
|
See the Options property and TDBGridOption type for more information on
|
|
values in the enumeration.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Values in the Options property from the ancestor class are also updated. They
|
|
use the set of enumeration values in TGridOption, and are updated to include
|
|
values which correspond to the TDBGridOption values used in the database grid
|
|
control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Create sets the default values in the ExtraOptions property to the following:
|
|
</p>
|
|
<ul>
|
|
<li>dgeAutoColumns</li>
|
|
<li>dgeCheckboxColumn</li>
|
|
</ul>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The value of the AutoAdvance property is set to aaRightDown, indicating the
|
|
cell navigation is from left-to-right and then top-to-bottom in the grid
|
|
control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Create sets the value in ScrollBars to ssBoth indicating that both horizontal
|
|
and vertical scroll bars are needed, and sets AllowOutboundEvents to
|
|
<b>False</b> to prevent forwarding of event notifications to the ancestor
|
|
class.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.Create">TCustomGrid.Create</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.Create.AOwner">
|
|
<short>Owner of the component.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.AutoAdjustColumns">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Updates the widths for automatically-sized columns in the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Removes <var>gsAutoSized</var> from the <var>GridStatus</var> flags. Calls
|
|
<var>UpdateAutoSizeColumns</var> to calculate the widths for automatically-
|
|
sized columns. AutoAdjustColumns does <b>NOT</b> call the inherited method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.AutoAdjustColumns">TCustomGrid.AutoAdjustColumns</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.InitiateAction">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Updates the ActionLink for the control and resets flag values in GridStatus.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr/>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.controls.TControl.InitiateAction">TControl.InitiateAction</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DefaultDrawColumnCell">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Default method used to draw cells in a specified column for the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DefaultDrawColumnCell</var> is the default method used for drawing cells
|
|
in a column. DefaultDrawColumnCell uses the specified column to get the Field
|
|
and the editor style needed to render the cell.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Check box columns are drawn by calling the DrawCheckBoxBitmaps method. Other
|
|
editor styles use the DisplayText for the TField as the value drawn using the
|
|
DrawCellText method. Please note that Fields with a DataType property of
|
|
ftBlob are always rendered as the string literal <var><b>'(blob)'</b></var>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use the OnDrawColumnCell event handler to render a cell when DefaultDrawing
|
|
is not enabled for the grid control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DefaultDrawColumnCell.Rect">
|
|
<short>Canvas rectangle for the cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DefaultDrawColumnCell.DataCol">
|
|
<short>Index of the Field for cell data.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DefaultDrawColumnCell.Column">
|
|
<short>Column definition for the cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DefaultDrawColumnCell.State">
|
|
<short>Grid drawing state for the cell.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.EditorByStyle">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets an editor control which uses the specified button style.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>EditorByStyle</var> is an overridden TWinControl function used to a get
|
|
an editor control with the specified button style. EditorByStyle calls the
|
|
ColumnEditorStyle method to get the button style for the current column and
|
|
SelectedField. This allows the grid to override the cbsAuto button style when
|
|
the SelectedField contains a Boolean data type. EditorByStyle calls the
|
|
inherited method using the derived TColumnButtonStyle value as an argument.
|
|
The editor control in the return value is supplied by the inherited
|
|
EditorByStyle method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.EditorByStyle">TCustomGrid.EditorByStyle</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.EditorByStyle.Result">
|
|
<short>Editor control for the specified button style.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.EditorByStyle.Style">
|
|
<short>Button style to use in the editor control.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.ResetColWidths">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Restores column widths to their default values.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>ResetColWidths</var> is a procedure used to restore column widths in the
|
|
grid to their default values. ResetColWidths uses the value in
|
|
DefaultColWidths to determine if default column widths are already in use.
|
|
When DefaultColWidths contains <b>True</b>, no actions are performed in the
|
|
method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
ResetColWidths calls the RenewColWidths method to restore the column widths.
|
|
The LayoutChanged method is called to refresh the grid control after the
|
|
column layouts are altered.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.Destroy">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>Destroy</var> is the destructor for <var>TCustomDbGrid</var>
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Destroy</var> is the overridden destructor in <var>TCustomDbGrid</var>.
|
|
Destroy frees any bookmarks stored in the SelectedRows property. Destroys
|
|
ensures that event handlers assigned to its DataLink property are removed
|
|
prior to freeing resources allocated to the property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Destroy calls the inherited <var>Destroy</var> method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.DataLink">TCustomDBGrid.DataLink</link>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.SelectedRows">TCustomDBGrid.SelectedRows</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.Destroy">TCustomGrid.Destroy</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.MouseToRecordOffset">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Gets the grid zone and record offset for the cell at the specified mouse
|
|
coordinates.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr/>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.MouseToRecordOffset.Result">
|
|
<short>TGridZone value for the area under the mouse cursor.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.MouseToRecordOffset.x">
|
|
<short>Horizontal coordinate for the mouse cursor.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.MouseToRecordOffset.y">
|
|
<short>Vertical coordinate for the mouse cursor.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.MouseToRecordOffset.Column">
|
|
<short>
|
|
TColumn instance for the cell under the mouse cursor, or <b>Nil</b> if the
|
|
cell is a fixed title cell.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.MouseToRecordOffset.RecordOffset">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Offset to the row under the mouse cursor relative to the value in Row.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.ExecuteAction">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Executes the specified action in the DataLink for the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr/>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#rtl.classes.TComponent.ExecuteAction">TComponent.ExecuteAction</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.ExecuteAction.Result">
|
|
<short><b>True</b> DataLink is assigned, and the action was executed.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.ExecuteAction.AAction">
|
|
<short>Action executed in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.UpdateAction">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Updates the specified action using the DataLink for the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr/>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#rtl.classes.TComponent.UpdateAction">TComponent.UpdateAction</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.UpdateAction.Result">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<b>True</b> if DataLink is assigned, and the action was updated in the method.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.UpdateAction.AAction">
|
|
<short>Action updated in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SaveToFile">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Sets SaveOptions to write design-time settings for the grid, and stores the
|
|
values to the specified file name.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr/>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SaveToFile.FileName">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Qualified file name where the design-time values for the grid control are
|
|
stored.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SaveToStream">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Sets SaveOptions to write design-time settings for the grid, and stores the
|
|
values to the specified stream.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr/>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SaveToStream.AStream">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Stream where the design-time settings for the grid control are stored.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.LoadFromFile">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Loads design-time settings for the grid control from the specified file name.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr/>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.LoadFromFile.FileName">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Qualified file name with the design-time settings loaded in the method.
|
|
</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.LoadFromStream">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Loads design-time setting for the grid control from the specified stream.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr/>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.LoadFromStream.AStream">
|
|
<short>Stream with the design-time settings loaded in the method.</short>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.AllowOutboundEvents" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.AllowOutboundEvents"/>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SelectedField">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Field that reads and writes data for the currently selected column.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>SelectedField</var> is a TField property with the Field used to read and
|
|
write data for the selected column in the grid control. SelectedField is
|
|
updated when column navigation occurs in the control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
GetCurrentField is the read access specifier for the property, and returns
|
|
the TField instance derived by GetFieldFromGridColumn for the selected
|
|
column. SetCurrentField is the write access specifier for the property, and
|
|
stores the new Field value as the selected column. No action is performed if
|
|
the new Field value is the same as the current value for the property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
SelectedField is used in the implementation of various method in the control,
|
|
such as: KeyDown, SelectEditor, UpdateData, and SwapCheckBox.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use SelectedColumn to get the TColumn instance for the currently selected
|
|
cell in the grid control.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SelectedIndex">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Ordinal position of the selected column in the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>SelectedIndex</var> is an Integer property that represents the ordinal
|
|
position of the selected column in the grid control. The property value
|
|
contains the result from ColumnIndexFromGridColumn when the Columns
|
|
collection is enabled in the control. Otherwise, the value from
|
|
FieldIndexFromGridColumn is used as the property value.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
GetSelectedIndex is the read access specifier for the property value.
|
|
SetSelectedIndex is the write access specifier for the property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SelectedColumn">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Represents the currently selected column in the grid control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>SelectedColumn</var> is a read-only TColumn property that represents the
|
|
currently selected column in the grid control. SelectedColumn contains a
|
|
value only when the Columns collection has been enabled (or contains visible
|
|
columns) for the control. Otherwise, SelectedColumn returns the value
|
|
<b>Nil</b>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
GetCurrentColumn is the read access specifier for the property value, and
|
|
returns the TColumn instance in Columns at the position specified in
|
|
SelectedIndex.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso></seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.SelectedFieldRect">
|
|
<short>Display rectangle for the selected cell in the grid control.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>SelectedFieldRect</var> is a read-only <var>TRect</var> property which
|
|
contains the display rectangle for the cell at the position in the
|
|
<var>Col</var> and <var>Row</var> properties. Calls <var>CellRect</var> to
|
|
get the value for the property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDbGrid.LastColumn">
|
|
<short>Contains the last visible column in the grid control.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>LastColumn</var> is a read-only <var>TColumn</var> property which
|
|
contains the last visible column for the grid control. Calls
|
|
<var>GetLastVisibleColumn</var> and <var>ColumnIndexFromGridColumn</var> to
|
|
get the ordinal position for the column. The property value is <b>Nil</b> if
|
|
the column number was not found.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso/>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDbGrid.FirstColumn">
|
|
<short>Contains the first visible column for the grid control.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>FirstColumn</var> is a read-only <var>TColumn</var> property which
|
|
contains the first visible column for the grid control. FirstColumn calls
|
|
<var>GetFirstVisibleColumn</var> and <var>ColumnIndexFromGridColumn</var> to
|
|
get the ordinal position for the first visible column. The property value is
|
|
<b>Nil</b> if the column number was not found.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TColumn"/>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.GetFirstVisibleColumn">TCustomGrid.GetFirstVisibleColumn</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.ColumnIndexFromGridColumn">TCustomGrid.ColumnIndexFromGridColumn</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TCustomDBGrid.DataSource">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Provides access to the dataset displayed in the grid.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DataSource</var> is a <var>TDataSource</var> property which provides
|
|
access to the DataSet displayed in the database grid control. Read and write
|
|
access to the property are redirected to the DataLink property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Reading the value for DataSource returns the corresponding value stored in
|
|
the <var>TComponentDataLink</var> instance.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Writing the value for DataSource sets the value in the TComponentDataLink
|
|
instance (when they are not the same). Write access to DataSource also resets
|
|
the width of columns in the grid by calling RenewColWidths.
|
|
<var>UpdateActive</var> is called to redraw the grid control after changes to
|
|
the DataSource and Columns properties.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.DataSource"/>
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid.DataLink"/>
|
|
<link id="TComponentDataLink"/>
|
|
<link id="#fcl.db.TDataSource">TDataSource</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Data-aware grid control used to display and edit rows and columns in a
|
|
dataset.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>TDBGrid</var> is a data-aware version of <var>TStringGrid</var> used to
|
|
display and edit a Rows and Columns in a dataset.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
TDBGrid inherits many of its properties from <link
|
|
id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid">TCustomGrid</link> and its immediate ancestor
|
|
<link id="TCustomDBGrid">TCustomDBGrid</link>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.dbctrls.HowToUseDataAwareControls">How To Use Data-Aware Controls</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.HowToUseGrids">How To Use Grids</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.BorderColor" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.BorderColor"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.Canvas" link="#lcl.controls.TCustomControl.Canvas"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.DefaultTextStyle" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.DefaultTextStyle"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.EditorBorderStyle" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.EditorBorderStyle"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.EditorMode" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.EditorMode"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.ExtendedColSizing" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.ExtendedColSizing"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.FastEditing" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.FastEditing"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.FocusColor" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.FocusColor"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.FocusRectVisible" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.FocusRectVisible"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.GridLineColor" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.GridLineColor"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.GridLineStyle" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.GridLineStyle"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.InplaceEditor" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.InplaceEditor"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.SelectedColor" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.SelectedColor"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.SelectedRows" link="#lcl.dbgrids.TCustomDBGrid.SelectedRows"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnRowMoved" link="#lcl.dbgrids.TCustomDBGrid.OnRowMoved"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.Align" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.Align"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.AlternateColor" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.AlternateColor"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.Anchors" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.Anchors"/>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.AutoAdvance">
|
|
<short>Sets the auto advance option for the grid control.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>AutoAdvance</var> is a published property in <var>TDBGrid</var> which
|
|
sets the option used in the grid control. The default value for the property
|
|
is <var>aaRightDown</var>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.AutoAdvance">TCustomGrid.AutoAdvance</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.AutoEdit" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.AutoEdit"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.AutoFillColumns" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.AutoFillColumns"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.BiDiMode" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.BiDiMode"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.BorderSpacing" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.BorderSpacing"/>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.BorderStyle">
|
|
<short>Border style drawn around the grid control.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<remark>
|
|
A restricted set of options are available for the grid control:
|
|
<var>bsNone</var> or <var>bsSingle</var>.
|
|
</remark>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.Controls.TWinControl.BorderStyle">TWinControl.BorderStyle</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.CellHintPriority" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.CellHintPriority"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.Color" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.Color"/>
|
|
|
|
<!-- published in 3.0 -->
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.ColRowDraggingCursor" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.ColRowDraggingCursor"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.ColRowDragIndicatorColor" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.ColRowDragIndicatorColor"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.ColSizingCursor" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.ColSizingCursor"/>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.Columns">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Defines the dataset fields and their editing characteristics on the grid
|
|
control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Refers to the physical columns of the grid displaying the contents of the
|
|
relevant <var>Fields</var>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The <var>Columns</var> property is configurable from the Object Inspector
|
|
selecting the ellipsis (...) next to the property name in which case a pop-up
|
|
memo box appears to allow editing. It deals with things like the size shape
|
|
and format of the display and contains a link to the appropriate Field.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Do not confuse Grid columns (in the display) with the SQL usage of COLUMNS
|
|
(Fields in our environment). The Fields consist of a series of cells arranged
|
|
in Records which contain the actual data which are to be displayed and
|
|
operated upon.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
It is entirely possible that Fields in the dataset are not displayed, and the
|
|
result is that Field order in a dataset may not correspond directly to the
|
|
column order in a database grid; in fact the <var>Columns</var> property
|
|
allows the user to configure which data Field is to be displayed in each
|
|
column.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.Columns">TCustomGrid.Columns</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.Constraints" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.Constraints"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.DataSource" link="#lcl.dbgrids.TCustomDBGrid.DataSource"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.DefaultDrawing" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.DefaultDrawing"/>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.DefaultRowHeight">
|
|
<short>Default height for rows drawn in the grid control.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>DefaultRowHeight</var> is an <var>Integer</var> property that contains
|
|
the default height used for rows drawn in the grid control. If new rows of
|
|
the grid are created by changing the <var>RowCount</var> property, the height
|
|
of these new rows will be set to the value of the <var>DefaultRowHeight</var>
|
|
property.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
When the <var>Options</var> property includes the appropriate value, the row
|
|
height may be changed at run-time.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.DefaultRowHeight">TCustomGrid.DefaultRowHeight</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.Options">TCustomGrid.Options</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.DoubleBuffered" link="#lcl.controls.TWinControl.DoubleBuffered"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.DragCursor" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.DragCursor"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.DragMode" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.DragMode"/>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.Enabled">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Determines if the grid control is enabled for navigation and editing.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>Enabled</var> is a published property in TDBGrid that determines if the
|
|
control is available for editing and navigation. When <var>Enabled</var>
|
|
contains <var>False</var>, the control usually appears 'greyed-out' or
|
|
unavailable.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Use the <var>Visible</var> property to determine whether the control is
|
|
displayed or hidden.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.Controls.TControl.Enabled">TControl.Enabled</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.FixedColor" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.FixedColor"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.FixedCols" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.FixedCols"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.FixedHotColor" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.FixedHotColor"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.Flat" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.Flat"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.Font" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.Font"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.HeaderHotZones" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.HeaderHotZones"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.HeaderPushZones" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.HeaderPushZones"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.Options" link="#lcl.dbgrids.TCustomDBGrid.Options"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.Options2" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.Options2"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OptionsExtra" link="#lcl.dbgrids.TCustomDBGrid.OptionsExtra"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.ParentBiDiMode" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.ParentBiDiMode"/>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.ParentColor">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Uses the Color from the Parent control, when enabled.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
ParentColor determines if the control should use the Color from the Parent
|
|
control, when enabled. The default value for the property is <b>False</b> in
|
|
TDBGrid.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
When this property is <b>True</b>, all changes to the Color of the parent
|
|
will also be applied to the Color of the control, ensuring that they both
|
|
contain same value. If the Color of the control is changed by the
|
|
application, then ParentColor will be automatically set to <b>False</b>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Using ParentColor when the Color value is clDefault can cause problems in
|
|
resolving the actual color value. To obtain the Color property of a control
|
|
while taking into account clDefault and ParentColor, use the
|
|
GetColorResolvingParent method. This method might return a non-RGB color, but
|
|
will never return clDefault. To obtain a purely RGB result use the
|
|
GetRGBColorResolvingParent method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.controls.TControl.ParentColor">TControl.ParentColor</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.controls.TControl.Color">TControl.Color</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.controls.TControl.GetColorResolvingParent">TControl.GetColorResolvingParent</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.controls.TControl.GetRGBColorResolvingParent">TControl.GetRGBColorResolvingParentParent</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.ParentDoubleBuffered" link="#lcl.controls.TWinControl.ParentDoubleBuffered"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.ParentFont" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.ParentFont"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.PopupMenu" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.PopupMenu"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.ReadOnly" link="#lcl.dbgrids.TCustomDBGrid.ReadOnly"/>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.Scrollbars">
|
|
<short>Scroll bars displayed for the grid control.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>ScrollBars</var> is a <var>TScrollStyle</var> property which indicates
|
|
the scroll bars displayed for the grid control. The default value for the
|
|
property is ssBoth in TDBGrid, and causes vertical and horizontal scroll bars
|
|
to be displayed.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
See TScrollStyle for more information about values in the enumeration and
|
|
their meanings.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.ScrollBars">TCustomGrid.ScrollBars</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.stdctrls.TScrollStyle">TScrollStyle</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.ShowHint">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Controls whether the <var>Hint</var> is displayed for the control.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Controls whether the value in the <var>Hint</var> property is shown when the
|
|
mouse hovers over the control. If a value is stored for the property a
|
|
storage flag is set.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Display of the actual hint is performed by the <var>OnShowHint</var> event
|
|
handler.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.controls.TControl.ShowHint">TControl.ShowHint</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.TabAdvance" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.TabAdvance"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.TabOrder" link="#lcl.controls.TWinControl.TabOrder"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.TabStop" link="#lcl.controls.TWinControl.TabStop"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.TitleFont" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.TitleFont"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.TitleImageList" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.TitleImageList"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.TitleStyle" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.TitleStyle"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.UseXORFeatures" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.UseXORFeatures"/>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.Visible">
|
|
<short>
|
|
<var>Visible</var> controls whether the grid control is visible.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The <var>Visible</var> property controls the ability to see a visual control.
|
|
If Visible is <b>True</b> the control is shown otherwise it is hidden.
|
|
Calling Show sets among other properties Visible to <b>True</b>. Setting
|
|
Visible to <b>False</b> is equivalent to calling Hide method.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<remark>
|
|
The Visible property does not depend on control's parent visibility. Use
|
|
IsVisible method to consider this and get real visibility.
|
|
</remark>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.controls.TControl.Visible">TControl.Visible</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnCellClick" link="#lcl.dbgrids.TCustomDBGrid.OnCellClick"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnColEnter" link="#lcl.dbgrids.TCustomDBGrid.OnColEnter"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnColExit" link="#lcl.dbgrids.TCustomDBGrid.OnColExit"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnColumnMoved" link="#lcl.dbgrids.TCustomDBGrid.OnColumnMoved"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnColumnSized" link="#lcl.dbgrids.TCustomDBGrid.OnColumnSized"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnContextPopup" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.OnContextPopup"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnDrawColumnCell" link="#lcl.dbgrids.TCustomDBGrid.OnDrawColumnCell"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnDrawColumnTitle" link="#lcl.dbgrids.TCustomDBGrid.OnDrawColumnTitle"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnDblClick" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.OnDblClick"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnDragDrop" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.OnDragDrop"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnDragOver" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.OnDragOver"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnEditButtonClick" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.OnEditButtonClick"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnEditingDone" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.OnEditingDone"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnEndDrag" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.OnEndDrag"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnEnter" link="#lcl.controls.TWinControl.OnEnter"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnExit" link="#lcl.controls.TWinControl.OnExit"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnFieldEditMask" link="#lcl.dbgrids.TCustomDBGrid.OnFieldEditMask"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnGetCellHint" link="#lcl.dbgrids.TCustomDBGrid.OnGetCellHint"/>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnKeyDown">
|
|
<short>
|
|
Event handler signalled when a key is down while the control has focus.
|
|
</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnKeyDown</var> is a TKeyEvent event handler signalled when a key is
|
|
down while the control has focus. OnKeyDown is called from the KeyDown method
|
|
when processing keys specific to the data-aware grid.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnKeyDown</var> differs from <link
|
|
id="#lcl.controls.TWinControl.OnKeyPress">OnKeyPress</link>. With
|
|
<var>OnKeyDown</var> the key may have already been down when the control
|
|
receives focus. With <var>OnKeyPress</var> the key needs to become pressed
|
|
while the control has focus.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="TDBGrid.OnKeyPress">TDBGrid.OnKeyPress</link>
|
|
<link id="TDBGrid.OnKeyUp">TDBGrid.OnKeyUp</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.controls.TKeyEvent">TKeyEvent</link>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.controls.TWinControl.OnKeyDown">TWinControl.OnKeyDown</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnKeyPress">
|
|
<short>Event handler signalled for the key press event.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnKeyPress</var> is an event controller for a key being pressed while
|
|
the control has focus.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnKeyPress</var> differs from <link
|
|
id="#lcl.controls.TWinControl.OnKeyDown">OnKeyDown</link> in that the key
|
|
needs to become pressed while the control has focus; with
|
|
<var>OnKeyDown</var> the key may have already been down when the control
|
|
received focus.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.controls.TWinControl.OnKeyPress">TWinControl.OnKeyPress</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnKeyUp">
|
|
<short>Event handler signalled for a key up event.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<var>OnKeyUp</var> is an event handler for instance when a key is up (not
|
|
pressed) while the control has focus.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The key may already have been up when the control received focus or a pressed
|
|
key may become released during the time the control has focus.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
<seealso>
|
|
<link id="#lcl.controls.TWinControl.OnKeyUp">TWinControl.OnKeyUp</link>
|
|
</seealso>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnMouseDown" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.OnMouseDown"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnMouseEnter" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.OnMouseEnter"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnMouseLeave" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.OnMouseLeave"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnMouseMove" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.OnMouseMove"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnMouseUp" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.OnMouseUp"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnMouseWheel" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.OnMouseWheel"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnMouseWheelDown" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.OnMouseWheelDown"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnMouseWheelUp" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.OnMouseWheelUp"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnPrepareCanvas" link="#lcl.dbgrids.TCustomDBGrid.OnPrepareCanvas"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnSelectEditor" link="#lcl.dbgrids.TCustomDBGrid.OnSelectEditor"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnStartDrag" link="#lcl.controls.TControl.OnStartDrag"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnTitleClick" link="#lcl.dbgrids.TCustomDBGrid.OnTitleClick"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnUserCheckboxBitmap" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.OnUserCheckboxBitmap"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnUserCheckBoxImage" link="#lcl.grids.TCustomGrid.OnUserCheckBoxImage"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnUserCheckBoxState" link="#lcl.dbgrids.TCustomDBGrid.OnUserCheckBoxState"/>
|
|
<element name="TDBGrid.OnUTF8KeyPress" link="#lcl.controls.TWinControl.OnUTF8KeyPress"/>
|
|
|
|
<element name="Register">
|
|
<short>Registers components in the unit for use in the Lazarus IDE.</short>
|
|
<descr>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Register calls RegisterComponents to add components in the unit to the
|
|
component palette in the Lazarus IDE, including:
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b>Data Controls</b> Tab
|
|
</p>
|
|
<ul>
|
|
<li>TDBGrid</li>
|
|
</ul>
|
|
</descr>
|
|
</element>
|
|
|
|
</module>
|
|
<!-- DBGrids -->
|
|
</package>
|
|
</fpdoc-descriptions> |